GP01057D/06/EN/03.

18 Products Solutions Services

71399890
2018-08-01
Valid as of version
[Link] (Device firmware)

Description of Device Parameters

Proline Promass 300
HART
Coriolis flowmeter

Menu/Variable
Proline Device
P Access status tooling:
Operation
Setup
Diagnostics
Expert
P Locking status:
P Access status tooling:
P Enter access code:
System
Sensor
Input
Output
Communication
Application
Diagnostics
Proline Promass 300 HART Table of contents

Table of contents

1 About this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3.7.2 "Viscosity" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

3.7.3 "Concentration" submenu . . . . . . . . . 210
1.1 Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3.7.4 "Custody transfer" submenu . . . . . . . 210
1.2 Target group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3.7.5 "Petroleum" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
1.3 Using this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3.8 "Diagnostics" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
1.3.1 Information on the document 3.8.1 "Diagnostic list" submenu . . . . . . . . . 214
structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3.8.2 "Event logbook" submenu . . . . . . . . . 218
1.3.2 Structure of a parameter 3.8.3 "Custody transfer logbook" submenu 220
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3.8.4 "Device info" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . 221
1.4 Symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3.8.5 "Mainboard module" submenu . . . . . 225
1.4.1 Symbols for certain types of 3.8.6 "Sens. electronic" submenu . . . . . . . . 226
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3.8.7 "I/O module 1" submenu . . . . . . . . . . 227
1.4.2 Symbols in graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3.8.8 "I/O module 2" submenu . . . . . . . . . . 227
1.5 Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3.8.9 "I/O module 3" submenu . . . . . . . . . . 229
1.5.1 Standard documentation . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3.8.10 "Display module" submenu . . . . . . . . 230
1.5.2 Supplementary device-dependent 3.8.11 "Min/max val." submenu . . . . . . . . . 231
documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3.8.12 "Data logging" submenu . . . . . . . . . . 241
3.8.13 "Heartbeat" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
2 Overview of the Expert operating 3.8.14 "Simulation" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . 251
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4 Country-specific factory settings . . 262
3 Description of device parameters . . . 11 4.1 SI units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
4.1.1 System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
3.1 "System" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.1.2 Full scale values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
3.1.1 "Display" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.1.3 Output current span . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
3.1.2 "Configuration backup" submenu . . . . 30
4.1.4 Pulse value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
3.1.3 "Diagn. handling" submenu . . . . . . . . . 33
4.1.5 On value low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . 263
3.1.4 "Administration" submenu . . . . . . . . . 43
4.2 US units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
3.2 "Sensor" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.2.1 System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
3.2.1 "Measured values" submenu . . . . . . . . 49
4.2.2 Full scale values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
3.2.2 "System units" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.2.3 Output current span . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
3.2.3 "Process param." submenu . . . . . . . . . 80
4.2.4 Pulse value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
3.2.4 "Measurement mode" submenu . . . . . 88
4.2.5 On value low flow cut off . . . . . . . . 266
3.2.5 "External comp." submenu . . . . . . . . . 90
3.2.6 "Calculated value" submenu . . . . . . . . 93
3.2.7 "Sensor adjustment" submenu . . . . . . . 96 5 Explanation of abbreviated units . . 268
3.2.8 "Calibration" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . 104 5.1 SI units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
3.3 "I/O configuration" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 5.2 US units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
3.4 "Input" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 5.3 Imperial units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
3.4.1 "Current input 1 to n" submenu . . . . . 108
3.4.2 "Status input 1 to n" submenu . . . . . . 111
3.5 "Output" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
3.5.1 "Current output 1 to n" submenu . . . . 113
3.5.2 "Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to n" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
3.5.3 "Relay output 1 to n" submenu . . . . . 150
3.5.4 "Double pulse output" submenu . . . . . 156
3.6 "Communication" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
3.6.1 "HART input" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . 162
3.6.2 "HART output" submenu . . . . . . . . . . 167
3.6.3 "Web server" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . 187
3.6.4 "WLAN settings" submenu . . . . . . . . 190
3.6.5 "OPC-UA config." submenu . . . . . . . . 196
3.6.6 "Diag. config." submenu . . . . . . . . . . 197
3.7 "Application" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
3.7.1 "Totalizer 1 to n" submenu . . . . . . . . 205

Endress+Hauser 3
About this document Proline Promass 300 HART

1 About this document

1.1 Document function

The document is part of the Operating Instructions and serves as a reference for
parameters, providing a detailed explanation of each individual parameter of the Expert
operating menu.
It is used to perform tasks that require detailed knowledge of the function of the device:
• Commissioning measurements under difficult conditions
• Optimal adaptation of the measurement to difficult conditions
• Detailed configuration of the communication interface
• Error diagnostics in difficult cases

1.2 Target group

The document is aimed at specialists who work with the device over the entire life cycle
and perform specific configurations.

1.3 Using this document

1.3.1 Information on the document structure

The document lists the submenus and their parameters according to the structure from the
Expert menu (→  8), which is displayed when the "Maintenance" user role is
enabled.

4 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART About this document

Operating menu for operators and maintenances

Language !
Operatation Language

Parameter 1

Operator
Parameter n

Submenu 1

Submenu n

Setup Device tag

Wizard 1 / Parameter 1
Maintenance

Task-oriented
Wizard n / Parameter n

Advanced setup Enter access code

Parameter 1

Parameter n

Submenu 1

Submenu n

Diagnostics Parameter 1

Parameter n

Submenu 1

Submenu n

Operating menu for experts

Expert Access status display

Parameter n

System

Function-oriented
Sensor
Expert

Input

Output

Communication

Application

Diagnostics

A0029160-EN

1 Sample graphic for the schematic layout of the operating menu

Additional information regarding:

• The arrangement of the parameters according to the menu structure of the
Operation menu, Setup menu, Diagnostics menu with a brief description:
Operating Instructions →  7
• Operating concept of the operating menus: Operating Instructions →  7

Endress+Hauser 5
About this document Proline Promass 300 HART

1.3.2 Structure of a parameter description

The individual parts of a parameter description are described in the following section:

Complete parameter name Write-protected parameter =

Navigation Navigation path to the parameter via the local display (direct access code) or web browser
Navigation path to the parameter via the operating tool
The names of the menus, submenus and parameters are abbreviated to the form in which they appear on
the display and in the operating tool.

Prerequisite The parameter is only available under these specific conditions

Description Description of the parameter function

Selection List of the individual options for the parameter

• Option 1
• Option 2

User entry Input range for the parameter

User interface Display value/data for the parameter

Factory setting Default setting ex works

Additional information Additional explanations (e.g. in examples):

• On individual options
• On display values/data
• On the input range
• On the factory setting
• On the parameter function

1.4 Symbols used

1.4.1 Symbols for certain types of information

Symbol Meaning

Tip
Indicates additional information.

Reference to documentation

A Reference to page

Reference to graphic

Operation via local display

Operation via operating tool

Write-protected parameter

6 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART About this document

1.4.2 Symbols in graphics

Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning

1, 2, 3 ... Item numbers A, B, C, ... Views

A-A, B-B, C-C, ... Sections

1.5 Documentation

1.5.1 Standard documentation

Operating Instructions

Measuring device Documentation code

Promass A 300 (8A3B**-…) BA01482D

Promass A 300 (8A3C**-…) BA01816D

Promass E 300 BA01484D

Promass F 300 BA01485D

Promass H 300 BA01486D

Promass I 300 BA01487D

Promass O 300 BA01488D

Promass P 300 BA01489D

Promass Q 300 BA01490D

Promass S 300 BA01491D

Promass X 300 BA01492D

1.5.2 Supplementary device-dependent documentation

Special documentation

Contents Documentation code

Information on the Pressure Equipment Directive SD01614D

Functional Safety Manual SD01727D

Remote display and operating module DKX001 SD01763D

Radio approvals for WLAN interface for A309/A310 display module SD01793D

Web server SD01662D

OPC-UA-Server SD02039D

Heartbeat Technology SD01642D

Concentration measurement SD01644D

Petroleum SD02097D

Viscosity measurement Promass I SD01646D

Viscosity measurement Promass Q SD01646D

Custody transfer SD01688D

Endress+Hauser 7
Overview of the Expert operating menu Proline Promass 300 HART

2 Overview of the Expert operating menu

The following table provides an overview of the menu structure of the expert operating
menu and its parameters. The page reference indicates where the associated description of
the submenu or parameter can be found.

 Expert

Direct access (0106) →  11

Locking status (0004) →  12

Access status (0005) →  13

Ent. access code (0003) →  13

‣ System →  14

‣ Display →  14

‣ Config. backup →  30

‣ Diagn. handling →  33

‣ Administration →  43

‣ Sensor →  48

‣ Measured val. →  49

‣ System units →  64

‣ Process param. →  80

‣ Measurement mode →  88

‣ External comp. →  90

‣ Calculated value →  93

‣ Sensor adjustm. →  96

‣ Calibration →  104

‣ I/O config. →  105

I/O 1 to n terminals (3902–1 to n) →  106

I/O 1 to n info (3906–1 to n) →  106

8 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Overview of the Expert operating menu

I/O 1 to n type (3901–1 to n) →  106

Apply I/O config (3907) →  107

Alteration code (2762) →  107

‣ Input →  108

‣ Current input 1 to n →  108

‣ Status input 1 to n →  111

‣ Output →  113

‣ [Link] 1 to n →  113

‣ PFS output 1 to n →  128

‣ Relay output 1 to n →  150

‣ Double pulse out →  156

‣ Communication →  161

‣ HART input →  162

‣ HART output →  167

‣ Web server →  187

‣ WLAN settings →  190

‣ Diag. config. →  197

‣ Application →  205

Reset all tot. (2806) →  205

‣ Totalizer 1 to n →  205

‣ Viscosity →  210

‣ Concentration →  210

‣ Custody transfer →  210

‣ Diagnostics →  211

Actual diagnos. (0691) →  212

Endress+Hauser 9
Overview of the Expert operating menu Proline Promass 300 HART

[Link] (0690) →  213

Time fr. restart (0653) →  213

Operating time (0652) →  214

‣ Diagnostic list →  214

‣ Event logbook →  218

‣ [Link]. →  220

‣ Device info →  221

‣ Mainboard module →  225

‣ Sens. electronic →  226

‣ I/O module 1 →  227

‣ I/O module 2 →  227

‣ I/O module 3 →  229

‣ Display module →  230

‣ Min/max val. →  231

‣ Data logging →  241

‣ Heartbeat →  250

‣ Simulation →  251

10 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

3 Description of device parameters

In the following section, the parameters are listed according to the menu structure of the
local display. Specific parameters for the operating tools are included at the appropriate
points in the menu structure.

 Expert

Direct access (0106) →  11

Locking status (0004) →  12

Access status (0005) →  13

Ent. access code (0003) →  13

‣ System →  14

‣ Sensor →  48

‣ I/O config. →  105

‣ Input →  108

‣ Output →  113

‣ Communication →  161

‣ Application →  205

‣ Diagnostics →  211

Direct access 

Navigation  Expert → Direct access (0106)

Description Use this function to enter the access code to enable direct access to the desired parameter
via the local display. A parameter number is assigned to each parameter for this purpose.

User entry 0 to 65 535

Additional information User entry

The direct access code consists of a 5-digit number (at maximum) and the channel
number, which identifies the channel of a process variable: e.g. 00914-2. In the navigation
view, this appears on the right-hand side in the header of the selected parameter.

Endress+Hauser 11
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

00914-2 1

A0029414

1 Direct access code

Note the following when entering the direct access code:

• The leading zeros in the direct access code do not have to be entered.
Example: Enter "914" instead of "00914"
• If no channel number is entered, channel 1 is accessed automatically.
Example: Enter 00914 → Assign variable parameter
• If a different channel is accessed: Enter the direct access code with the corresponding
channel number.
Example: Enter 00914-2 → Assign variable parameter

Locking status

Navigation  Expert → Locking status (0004)

Description Displays the active write protection.

User interface • Hardware locked

• SIL locked
• CT act.-[Link].
• CT act.-all par.
• Temp. locked

Additional information Display

If two or more types of write protection are active, the write protection with the highest
priority is shown on the local display. In the operating tool all active types of write
protection are displayed.
Detailed information on access authorization is provided in the "User roles and
associated access authorization" and "Operating concept" sections of the Operations
Instructions for the device →  7

Selection

Options Description

None The access status displayed in the Access status parameter (→  13) applies .
Only appears on local display.

Hardware locked The DIP switch for hardware locking is activated on the PCB board. This locks write
(priority 1) access to the parameters (e.g. via local display or operating tool) .

SIL locked The SIL mode is enabled. This locks write access to the parameters (e.g. via local
(priority 2) display or operating tool).

12 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Options Description

[Link]. act.
(priority 3)  Only available for Promass F, O, Q and X.
The DIP switch for custody transfer mode is activated on the PCB board. This locks
write access to all the parameters (e.g. via local display or operating tool).

 For detailed information on custody transfer mode, see the Special

Documentation for the device →  7

CT act.-[Link]. The DIP switch for custody transfer mode is activated on the PCB board. This locks
(priority 4) write access to the defined parameters (e.g. via local display or operating tool).

 For detailed information on custody transfer mode, see the Special

Documentation for the device →  7

Temp. locked Write access to the parameters is temporarily locked on account of internal
(priority 5) processes running in the device (e.g. data upload/download, reset etc.). Once the
internal processing has been completed, the parameters can be changed once
again.

Access status

Navigation  Expert → Access status (0005)

Description Displays the access authorization to the parameters via the local display, Web browser or
operating tool.

User interface • Operator

• Maintenance

Factory setting Maintenance

Additional information Description

Access authorization can be modified via the Ent. access code parameter
(→  13).
If additional write protection is active, this restricts the current access authorization
even further.

Display
Detailed information on access authorization is provided in the "User roles and
associated access authorization" and "Operating concept" sections of the Operations
Instructions for the device →  7

Ent. access code

Navigation  Expert → Ent. access code (0003)

Description Use this function to enter the user-specific release code to remove parameter write
protection.

User entry 0 to 9 999

Endress+Hauser 13
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

3.1 "System" submenu

Navigation  Expert → System

‣ System

‣ Display →  14

‣ Config. backup →  30

‣ Diagn. handling →  33

‣ Administration →  43

3.1.1 "Display" submenu

Navigation  Expert → System → Display

‣ Display

Display language (0104) →  15

Format display (0098) →  16

Value 1 display (0107) →  18

0% bargraph 1 (0123) →  20

100% bargraph 1 (0125) →  20

Decimal places 1 (0095) →  21

Value 2 display (0108) →  21

Decimal places 2 (0117) →  23

Value 3 display (0110) →  23

0% bargraph 3 (0124) →  24

100% bargraph 3 (0126) →  24

Decimal places 3 (0118) →  25

Value 4 display (0109) →  25

Decimal places 4 (0119) →  26

14 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Display interval (0096) →  26

Display damping (0094) →  27

Header (0097) →  28

Header text (0112) →  28

Separator (0101) →  29

Contrast display (0105) →  29

Backlight (0111) →  30

Display language

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Display language (0104)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to select the configured language on the local display.

Selection • English
• Deutsch *
• Français *
• Español *
• Italiano *
• Nederlands *
• Portuguesa *
• Polski *
• русский язык(Ru) *
• Svenska *
• Türkçe *
• 中文 (Chinese) *
• 日本語 (Japanese) *
• 한국어 (Korean) *
• Bahasa Indonesia *
• tiếng Việt (Vit) *
• čeština (Czech) *

Factory setting English (alternatively, the ordered language is preset in the device)

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 15
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Format display

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Format display (0098)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to select how the measured value is shown on the local display.

Selection • 1 value, max.

• Bargr. + 1 value
• 2 values
• Val. large+2val.
• 4 values

Factory setting 1 value, max.

Additional information Description

The display format (size, bar graph etc.) and number of measured values displayed
simultaneously (1 to 4) can be configured. This setting only applies to normal operation.
• The Value 1 display parameter (→  18) to Value 4 display parameter
(→  25) are used to specify which measured values are shown on the local
display and in what order.
• If more measured values are specified than the display mode selected permits, then
the values alternate on the device display. The display time until the next change is
configured via the Display interval parameter (→  26).

Custody transfer mode

Only available for Promass F, O, Q and X.

• Once the measuring device has been enabled for custody transfer mode, depending on
the custody transfer approval selected the display can switch between showing the
relevant information and the custody transfer counter.
• In addition, a padlock symbol appears in the header of the display ().
For detailed information on custody transfer mode, see the Special Documentation for
the device →  7

16 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Possible measured values shown on the local display:

"1 value, max." option

XXXXXXXXX

900.00
kg/h

A0013099

"Bargr. + 1 value" option

XXXXXXXXX

900.00 kg/h
900.00
l/h
A0013098

"2 values" option

XXXXXXXXX
900.00
kg/h
900.00
l/h
A0013100

"Val. large+2val." option

XXXXXXXXX
900.00
kg/h
900.00 l/h
1.00 kg/l
A0013102

"4 values" option

XXXXXXXXX
900.00 kg/h
900.00 l/h
1.0 kg/l
213.94 kg
A0013103

Endress+Hauser 17
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Value 1 display 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Value 1 display (0107)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to select one of the measured values to be shown on the local display.

Selection • Mass flow

• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• Density
• [Link]
• [Link].
• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density
• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water vol. flow
• Oil [Link].
• Water [Link].
• Density average
• Temp. average
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1 *
• Osc. ampl. 0 *
• Osc. ampl. 1 *
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1 *
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1 *
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1 *
• Signal asymmetry

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

18 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1 *
• HBSI *
• Totalizer 1
• Totalizer 2
• Totalizer 3
• [Link] 1
• [Link] 2 *
• [Link] 3 *
• Pressure

Factory setting Mass flow

Additional information Description

If several measured values are displayed at once, the measured value selected here will be
the first value to be displayed. The value is only displayed during normal operation.
The Format display parameter (→  16) is used to specify how many measured
values are displayed simultaneously and how.

Custody transfer mode

Only available for Promass F, O, Q and X.

Once the measuring device has been enabled for custody transfer mode, depending on the
custody transfer approval selected the display can switch to show the relevant information.
For detailed information on custody transfer mode, see the Special Documentation for
the device →  7

Dependency
The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

Selection
• Oscil. frequency option
Displays the current oscillation frequency of the measuring tubes. This frequency
depends on the density of the medium.
• Oscil. amplitude option
Displays the relative oscillation amplitude of the measuring tubes in relation to the
preset value. This value is 100 % under optimum conditions.
• Oscil. damping option
Displays the current oscillation damping. Oscillation damping is an indicator of the
sensor's current need for excitation power.
• Signal asymmetry option
Displays the relative difference between the oscillation amplitude at the inlet and outlet
of the sensor. The measured value is the result of production tolerances of the sensor
coils and should remain constant over the life time of a sensor.

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 19
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

0% bargraph 1 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → 0% bargraph 1 (0123)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to enter the 0% bar graph value to be shown on the display for the
measured value 1.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Country-specific:

• 0 kg/h
• 0 lb/min

Additional information Description

The Format display parameter (→  16) is used to specify that the measured value
is to be displayed as a bar graph.

User entry
The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

100% bargraph 1 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → 100% bargraph 1 (0125)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to enter the 100% bar graph value to be shown on the display for the
measured value 1.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Depends on country and nominal diameter →  262

Additional information Description

The Format display parameter (→  16) is used to specify that the measured value
is to be displayed as a bar graph.

User entry
The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

20 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Decimal places 1 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Decimal places 1 (0095)

Prerequisite A measured value is specified in the Value 1 display parameter (→  18).

Description Use this function to select the number of decimal places for measured value 1.

Selection •x
• x.x
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]

Factory setting [Link]

Additional information Description

This setting does not affect the measuring or computational accuracy of the device.
The arrow displayed between the measured value and the unit indicates that the
device computes with more digits than are shown on the local display.

Value 2 display 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Value 2 display (0108)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to select one of the measured values to be shown on the local display.

Selection • None
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• Density
• [Link]
• [Link].
• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 21
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

• Oil mass flow

• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water [Link].
• Oil [Link].
• Water vol. flow
• Density average
• Temp. average
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1 *
• Osc. ampl. 0 *
• Osc. ampl. 1 *
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1 *
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1 *
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1 *
• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1 *
• HBSI *
• Totalizer 1
• Totalizer 2
• Totalizer 3
• [Link] 1
• [Link] 2 *
• [Link] 3 *
• [Link] *
• Pressure

Factory setting None

Additional information Description

If several measured values are displayed at once, the measured value selected here will be
the second value to be displayed. The value is only displayed during normal operation.
The Format display parameter (→  16) is used to specify how many measured
values are displayed simultaneously and how.

Dependency
The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

22 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Decimal places 2 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Decimal places 2 (0117)

Prerequisite A measured value is specified in the Value 2 display parameter (→  21).

Description Use this function to select the number of decimal places for measured value 2.

Selection •x
• x.x
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]

Factory setting [Link]

Additional information Description

This setting does not affect the measuring or computational accuracy of the device.
The arrow displayed between the measured value and the unit indicates that the
device computes with more digits than are shown on the local display.

Value 3 display 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Value 3 display (0110)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to select one of the measured values to be shown on the local display.

Selection For the picklist, see the Value 2 display parameter (→  21)

Factory setting None

Additional information Description

If several measured values are displayed at once, the measured value selected here will be
the third value to be displayed. The value is only displayed during normal operation.
The Format display parameter (→  16) is used to specify how many measured
values are displayed simultaneously and how.

Selection
The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

Endress+Hauser 23
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

0% bargraph 3 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → 0% bargraph 3 (0124)

Prerequisite A selection was made in the Value 3 display parameter (→  23).

Description Use this function to enter the 0% bar graph value to be shown on the display for the
measured value 3.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Country-specific:

• 0 kg/h
• 0 lb/min

Additional information Description

The Format display parameter (→  16) is used to specify that the measured value
is to be displayed as a bar graph.

User entry
The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

100% bargraph 3 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → 100% bargraph 3 (0126)

Prerequisite A selection was made in the Value 3 display parameter (→  23).

Description Use this function to enter the 100% bar graph value to be shown on the display for the
measured value 3.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information Description

The Format display parameter (→  16) is used to specify that the measured value
is to be displayed as a bar graph.

User entry
The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

24 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Decimal places 3 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Decimal places 3 (0118)

Prerequisite A measured value is specified in the Value 3 display parameter (→  23).

Description Use this function to select the number of decimal places for measured value 3.

Selection •x
• x.x
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]

Factory setting [Link]

Additional information Description

This setting does not affect the measuring or computational accuracy of the device.
The arrow displayed between the measured value and the unit indicates that the
device computes with more digits than are shown on the local display.

Value 4 display 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Value 4 display (0109)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to select one of the measured values to be shown on the local display.

Selection For the picklist, see the Value 2 display parameter (→  21)

Factory setting None

Endress+Hauser 25
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Description

If several measured values are displayed at once, the measured value selected here will be
the fourth value to be displayed. The value is only displayed during normal operation.
The Format display parameter (→  16) is used to specify how many measured
values are displayed simultaneously and how.

Selection
The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

Custody transfer mode

Only available for Promass F, O, Q and X.

Once the measuring device has been enabled for custody transfer mode, depending on the
custody transfer approval selected the display can switch to showing the custody transfer
counter.
For detailed information on custody transfer mode, see the Special Documentation for
the device →  7

Decimal places 4 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Decimal places 4 (0119)

Prerequisite A measured value is specified in the Value 4 display parameter (→  25).

Description Use this function to select the number of decimal places for measured value 4.

Selection •x
• x.x
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]

Factory setting [Link]

Additional information Description

This setting does not affect the measuring or computational accuracy of the device.
The arrow displayed between the measured value and the unit indicates that the
device computes with more digits than are shown on the local display.

Display interval

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Display interval (0096)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to enter the length of time the measured values are displayed if the
values alternate on the display.

26 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

User entry 1 to 10 s

Factory setting 5s

Additional information Description

This type of alternating display only occurs automatically if the number of measured
values defined exceeds the number of values the selected display format can display
simultaneously.
• The Value 1 display parameter (→  18) to Value 4 display parameter (→  25)
are used to specify which measured values are shown on the local display.
• The display format of the displayed measured values is specified using the Format
display parameter (→  16).

Custody transfer mode

Only available for Promass F, O, Q and X.

Once the measuring device has been enabled for custody transfer mode, depending on the
custody transfer approval selected the display can switch between showing the relevant
information and the custody transfer counter.
For detailed information on custody transfer mode, see the Special Documentation for
the device →  7

Display damping 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Display damping (0094)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to enter a time constant for the reaction time of the local display to
fluctuations in the measured value caused by process conditions.

User entry 0.0 to 999.9 s

Factory setting 0.0 s

Additional information User entry

Use this function to enter a time constant (PT1 element 1)) for display damping:
• If a low time constant is entered, the display reacts particularly quickly to fluctuating
measured variables.
• On the other hand, the display reacts more slowly if a high time constant is entered.
Damping is switched off if 0 is entered (factory setting).

1) proportional transmission behavior with first order delay

Endress+Hauser 27
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Header 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Header (0097)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to select the contents of the header of the local display.

Selection • Device tag

• Free text

Factory setting Device tag

Additional information Description

The header text only appears during normal operation.

1 XXXXXXXXX

A0029422

1 Position of the header text on the display

Selection
• Device tag
Is defined in the Device tag parameter (→  221).
• Free text
Is defined in the Header text parameter (→  28).

Header text 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Header text (0112)

Prerequisite In the Header parameter (→  28), the Free text option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter a customer-specific text for the header of the local display.

User entry Max. 12 characters such as letters, numbers or special characters (e.g. @, %, /)

Factory setting ------------

Additional information Description

The header text only appears during normal operation.

28 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

1 XXXXXXXXX

A0029422

1 Position of the header text on the display

User entry
The number of characters displayed depends on the characters used.

Separator 

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Separator (0101)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to select the decimal separator.

Selection • . (point)
• , (comma)

Factory setting . (point)

Contrast display

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Contrast display (0105)

Prerequisite A local display is provided.

Description Use this function to enter a value to adapt the display contrast to the ambient conditions
(e.g. the lighting or viewing angle).

User entry 20 to 80 %

Factory setting Depends on the display

Endress+Hauser 29
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Backlight

Navigation  Expert → System → Display → Backlight (0111)

Prerequisite One of the following conditions is met:

• Order code for "Display; operation", option F "4-line, illum.; touch control"
• Order code for "Display; operation", option G "4-line, illum.; touch control +WLAN"
• Order code for "Display; operation", option O "Separate 4-line display, illum.; 10m/30ft
cable; touch control"

Description Use this function to switch the backlight of the local display on and off.

Selection • Disable
• Enable

Factory setting Enable

3.1.2 "Configuration backup" submenu

Navigation  Expert → System → Config. backup

‣ Config. backup

Operating time →  30

Last backup →  31

Config. managem. →  31

Backup state →  32

Compar. result →  32

Operating time

Navigation  Expert → System → Config. backup → Operating time (0652)

Description Use this function to display the length of time the device has been in operation.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds (s)

Additional information User interface

The maximum number of days is 9999, which is equivalent to 27 years.

30 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Last backup

Navigation  Expert → System → Config. backup → Last backup (2757)

Description Displays the time since a backup copy of the data was last saved to the device memory.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds (s)

Config. managem. 

Navigation  Expert → System → Config. backup → Config. managem. (2758)

Description Use this function to select an action to save the data to the device memory.

Selection • Cancel
• Execute backup
• Restore
• Compare
• Clear backup

Factory setting Cancel

Additional information Selection

Options Description

Cancel No action is executed and the user exits the parameter.

Execute backup A backup copy of the current device configuration is saved from the HistoROM
backup to the memory of the device. The backup copy includes the transmitter data
of the device.
The following message appears on local display: Backup active, please wait!

Restore The last backup copy of the device configuration is restored from the device
memory to the device's HistoROM backup. The backup copy includes the
transmitter data of the device.
The following message appears on local display: Restore active! Do not interrupt
power supply!

Compare The device configuration saved in the device memory is compared with the current
device configuration of the HistoROM backup.
The following message appears on local display: Comparing files
The result can be viewed in Compar. result parameter.

Clear backup The backup copy of the device configuration is deleted from the memory of the
device.
The following message appears on local display: Deleting file

HistoROM
A HistoROM is a "non-volatile" device memory in the form of an EEPROM.

Endress+Hauser 31
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Backup state

Navigation  Expert → System → Config. backup → Backup state (2759)

Description Displays the status of the data backup process.

User interface • None

• Backup in progr.
• Restore in progr
• Delete in progr.
• Comp. in progr.
• Restoring failed
• Backup failed

Factory setting None

Compar. result

Navigation  Expert → System → Config. backup → Compar. result (2760)

Description Displays the last result of the comparison of the data records in the device memory and in
the HistoROM.

User interface • Set. identical

• Set. not ident.
• No backup
• Backup corrupt
• Check not done
• Dataset incomp.

Factory setting Check not done

Additional information Description

The comparison is started via the Compare option in the Config. managem.
parameter (→  31).

Selection

Options Description

Set. identical The current device configuration of the HistoROM is identical to the backup copy in
the device memory.
If the transmitter configuration of another device has been transmitted to the
device via HistoROM in the Config. managem. parameter, the current device
configuration of the HistoROM is only partially identical to the backup copy in the
device memory: The settings for the transmitter are not identical.

Set. not ident. The current device configuration of the HistoROM is not identical to the backup
copy in the device memory.

No backup There is no backup copy of the device configuration of the HistoROM in the device
memory.

Backup corrupt The current device configuration of the HistoROM is corrupt or not compatible with
the backup copy in the device memory.

32 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Options Description

Check not done The device configuration of the HistoROM has not yet been compared to the
backup copy in the device memory.

Dataset incomp. The backup copy in the device memory is not compatible with the device.

HistoROM
A HistoROM is a "non-volatile" device memory in the form of an EEPROM.

3.1.3 "Diagn. handling" submenu

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling

‣ Diagn. handling

Alarm delay (0651) →  33

‣ Diagn. behavior →  34

Alarm delay 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Alarm delay (0651)

Description Use this function to enter the time interval until the device generates a diagnostic
message.
The diagnostic message is reset without a time delay.

User entry 0 to 60 s

Factory setting 0s

Additional information Result

This setting affects the following diagnostic messages:
• 046 Sensor limit
• 140 Sensor [Link].
• 144 MeasErrorTooHigh
• 830 Sensor temp.
• 831 Sensor temp.
• 832 Electronic temp.
• 833 Electronic temp.
• 834 Process temp.
• 835 Process temp.
• 843 Process limit
• 862 Partly filled

Endress+Hauser 33
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

• 912 Medium inhomog.

• 913 Medium unsuitab.
• 944 MonitoringFailed

"Diagn. behavior" submenu

Each item of diagnostic information is assigned a specific diagnostic behavior at the
factory. The user can change this assignment for specific diagnostic information in the
Diagn. behavior submenu (→  34).
The following options are available in the Assign behavior of diagnostic no. xxx
parameters:

Options Description

Alarm The device stops measurement. The signal outputs and totalizers assume the defined
alarm condition. A diagnostic message is generated.
The background lighting changes to red.

Warning The device continues to measure. The signal outputs and totalizers are not affected. A
diagnostic message is generated.

Logbook only The device continues to measure. The diagnostic message is displayed only in the Event
logbook submenu (→  218) (Event list submenu (→  219)) and is not displayed in
alternation with the operational display.

Off The diagnostic event is ignored, and no diagnostic message is generated or entered.

For a list of all the diagnostic events, see the Operating Instructions for the device
→ 7

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior

‣ Diagn. behavior

Diagnostic no. 046 (0709) →  35

Diagnostic no. 140 (0708) →  35

Diagnostic no. 144 (0731) →  36

Diagnostic no. 374 (0710) →  36

Diagnostic no. 302 (0739) →  37

Diagnostic no. 441 (0657) →  37

Diagnostic no. 442 (0658) →  37

Diagnostic no. 443 (0659) →  38

Diagnostic no. 444 (0740) →  38

Diagnostic no. 543 (0643) →  38

34 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Diagnostic no. 830 (0800) →  39

Diagnostic no. 831 (0641) →  39

Diagnostic no. 832 (0681) →  39

Diagnostic no. 833 (0682) →  40

Diagnostic no. 834 (0700) →  40

Diagnostic no. 835 (0702) →  40

Diagnostic no. 862 (0679) →  41

Diagnostic no. 912 (0703) →  41

Diagnostic no. 913 (0712) →  41

Diagnostic no. 944 (0732) →  42

Diagnostic no. 948 (0744) →  42

Diagnostic no. 046 (Sensor limit) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 046 (0709)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 046 Sensor limit.

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Alarm

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 140 (Sensor [Link].) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 140 (0708)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 140 Sensor
[Link]..

Endress+Hauser 35
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Alarm

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 144 (MeasErrorTooHigh) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 144 (0731)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message
144 MeasErrorTooHigh.

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Alarm

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 374 (Sensor electron.) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 374 (0710)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 374 Sensor
electron..

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

36 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Diagnostic no. 302 (Verific. active) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 302 (0739)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 302 Verific. active.

Selection • Alarm
• Warning

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 441 ([Link] 1 to n) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 441 (0657)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 441 [Link]
1 to n.

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 442 (Freq. output 1 to n) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 442 (0658)

Prerequisite The measuring device has a pulse/frequency/switch output.

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 442 Freq. output
1 to n.

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Endress+Hauser 37
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Diagnostic no. 443 (Pulse output 1 to n) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 443 (0659)

Prerequisite The measuring device has a pulse/frequency/switch output.

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 443 Pulse output
1 to n.

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 444 (Current input 1 to n) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 444 (0740)

Prerequisite The device has one current input.

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 444 Current input
1 to n.

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 543 (Double pulse out) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 543 (0643)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 543 Double pulse
out.

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

38 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 830 (Sensor temp.) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 830 (0800)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 830 Sensor temp..

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 831 (Sensor temp.) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 831 (0641)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 831 Sensor temp..

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 832 (Electronic temp.) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 832 (0681)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 832 Electronic
temp..

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Endress+Hauser 39
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Factory setting Logbook only

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 833 (Electronic temp.) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 833 (0682)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 833 Electronic
temp..

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Logbook only

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 834 (Process temp.) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 834 (0700)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 834 Process temp..

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 835 (Process temp.) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 835 (0702)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 835 Process temp..

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

40 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 862 (Empty pipe) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 862 (0679)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 862 Empty pipe.

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 912 (Medium inhomog.) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 912 (0703)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 912 Medium
inhomog..

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 913 (Medium unsuitab.) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 913 (0712)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 913 Medium
unsuitab..

Endress+Hauser 41
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 944 (MonitoringFailed) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 944 (0732)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message
944 MonitoringFailed.

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

Diagnostic no. 948 (Oscill. damping) 

Navigation  Expert → System → Diagn. handling → Diagn. behavior → Diagnostic no. 948 (0744)

Description Option for changing the diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message 948 Oscill.
damping.

Selection • Off
• Alarm
• Warning
• Logbook only

Factory setting Warning

Additional information Detailed description of the options available for selection: →  34

42 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

3.1.4 "Administration" submenu

Navigation  Expert → System → Administration

‣ Administration

‣ Def. access code →  43

‣ Reset acc. code →  44

Device reset (0000) →  45

Activate SW opt. (0029) →  46

SW option overv. (0015) →  47

Res. write prot. →  48

"Def. access code" wizard

The Def. access code wizard (→  43) is only available when operating via the local
display or Web browser.
If operating via the operating tool, the Def. access code parameter can be found
directly in the Administration submenu. There is no Confirm code parameter if the
device is operated via the operating tool.

Navigation  Expert → System → Administration → Def. access code

‣ Def. access code

Def. access code →  43

Confirm code →  44

Def. access code 

Navigation  Expert → System → Administration → Def. access code → Def. access code

Description Use this function to enter a user-specific release code to restrict write-access to the
parameters. This protects the device configuration against any inadvertent modifications
via the local display, Web browser, FieldCare or DeviceCare (via CDI-RJ45 service
interface).

User entry Max. 16-digit character string comprising numbers, letters and special characters

Additional information Description

The write protection affects all parameters in the document marked with the  symbol.

Endress+Hauser 43
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

On the local display, the  symbol in front of a parameter indicates that the parameter is
write-protected.
The parameters that cannot be write-accessed are grayed out in the Web browser.
Once the access code has been defined, write-protected parameters can only be
modified if the access code is entered in the Ent. access code parameter (→  13).
If you lose the access code, please contact your Endress+Hauser sales organization.

User entry
A message is displayed if the access code is not in the input range.

Factory setting
If the factory setting is not changed or 0 is defined as the access code, the parameters are
not write-protected and the device configuration data can be modified. The user is logged
on in the "Maintenance" role.

Confirm code 

Navigation  Expert → System → Administration → Def. access code → Confirm code

Description Enter the defined release code a second time to confirm the release code.

User entry Max. 16-digit character string comprising numbers, letters and special characters

"Reset access code" submenu

Navigation  Expert → System → Administration → Reset acc. code

‣ Reset acc. code

Operating time (0652) →  44

Reset acc. code (0024) →  45

Operating time

Navigation  Expert → System → Administration → Reset acc. code → Operating time (0652)

Description Use this function to display the length of time the device has been in operation.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds (s)

44 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information User interface

The maximum number of days is 9999, which is equivalent to 27 years.

Reset acc. code

Navigation  Expert → System → Administration → Reset acc. code → Reset acc. code (0024)

Description Use this function to enter a reset code to reset the user-specific release code to the factory
setting.

User entry Character string comprising numbers, letters and special characters

Factory setting 0x00

Additional information Description

For a reset code, contact your Endress+Hauser service organization.

User entry
The reset code can only be entered via:
• Web browser
• DeviceCare, FieldCare (via interface CDI RJ45)
• Fieldbus

Additional parameters in the "Administration" submenu

Device reset 

Navigation  Expert → System → Administration → Device reset (0000)

Description Use this function to choose whether to reset the device configuration - either entirely or in
part - to a defined state.

Selection • Cancel
• To delivery set.
• Restart device
• Rest.S-DATBackup

Factory setting Cancel

Endress+Hauser 45
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Selection

Options Description

Cancel No action is executed and the user exits the parameter.

To delivery set. Every parameter for which a customer-specific default setting was ordered is reset
to this customer-specific value. All other parameters are reset to the factory
setting.

Restart device The restart resets every parameter whose data are in the volatile memory (RAM)
to the factory setting (e.g. measured value data). The device configuration remains
unchanged.

Rest.S-DATBackup Restore the data that are saved on the S-DAT. The data record is restored from the
electronics memory to the S-DAT.

Activate SW opt. 

Navigation  Expert → System → Administration → Activate SW opt. (0029)

Description Use this function to enter an activation code to enable an additional, ordered software
option.

User entry Max. 10-digit string consisting of numbers.

Factory setting Depends on the software option ordered

Additional information Description

If a measuring device was ordered with an additional software option, the activation code
is programmed in the device at the factory.

User entry
To activate a software option subsequently, please contact your Endress+Hauser sales
organization.
NOTE!
The activation code is linked to the serial number of the measuring device and varies
according to the device and software option.
If an incorrect or invalid code is entered, this results in the loss of software options that
have already been activated.
▸ Before you enter a new activation code, make a note of the current activation code .
▸ Enter the new activation code provided by Endress+Hauser when the new software
option was ordered.
▸ Once the activation code has been entered, check if the new software option is displayed
in the SW option overv. parameter (→  47).
 The new software option is active if it is displayed.
 If the new software option is not displayed or all software options have been deleted,
the code entered was either incorrect or invalid.
▸ If the code entered is incorrect or invalid, enter the old activation code .

46 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

▸ Have your Endress+Hauser sales organization check the new activation code
remembering to specify the serial number or ask for the code again.

Example for a software option

Order code for "Application package", option EA "Extended HistoROM"
The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Web browser
Once a software option has been activated, the page must be loaded again in the Web
browser.

SW option overv.

Navigation  Expert → System → Administration → SW option overv. (0015)

Description Displays all the software options that are enabled in the device.

User interface • Extend. HistoROM

• SIL
• HBT Monitoring
• HBT Verification
• Concentration
• Petroleum
• Viscosity
• Custody transfer
• HydrocaViscTrend
• OPC-UA

Additional information Description

Displays all the options that are available if ordered by the customer.

"Extend. HistoROM" option

Order code for "Application package", option EA "Extended HistoROM"

"SIL" option
Order code for "Additional approval", option LA "SIL"

"HBT Verification" option and "HBT Monitoring" option

Order code for "Application package", option EB "Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring"

"Concentration" option
Order code for "Application package", option ED "Concentration" and option EE "Special
density"

"Viscosity" option
Only available for Promass I.

Endress+Hauser 47
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Order code for "Application package", option EG "Viscosity"

"Custody transfer" option

The measuring device has an approval for custody transfer measurement.
Detailed information on the national and international approvals for custody transfer
that are currently available can be supplied by your Endress+Hauser sales
organization.

"OPC-UA" option
Order code for "Application package", option EL "OPC-UA server"

Res. write prot. 

Navigation  Expert → System → Administration → Res. write prot. (0019)

Prerequisite The SIL mode has been enabled.

Description Use this function to enter the SIL locking code to reset write protection and disable the SIL
mode.

User entry 0 to 65 535

Factory setting 0

Additional information Prerequisite

For detailed information about enabling and disabling the SIL mode, see the Special
Documentation for the device→  7

Description
Once the SIL mode has been activated, the process-related parameters are write
protected, and thereby locked, for security reasons. It is still possible to read the
parameters. When SIL locking is enabled, restrictions apply on all communication
options, such as the service interface, the HART protocol and the local display.

3.2 "Sensor" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor

‣ Sensor

‣ Measured val. →  49

‣ System units →  64

‣ Process param. →  80

48 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

‣ Measurement mode →  88

‣ External comp. →  90

‣ Calculated value →  93

‣ Sensor adjustm. →  96

‣ Calibration →  104

3.2.1 "Measured values" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val.

‣ Measured val.

‣ Process variab. →  49

‣ Totalizer →  57

‣ Input values →  58

‣ Output values →  60

"Process variab." submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab.

‣ Process variab.

Mass flow (1838) →  50

Volume flow (1847) →  50

[Link] (1851) →  51

Density (1850) →  51

[Link] (1852) →  51

Temperature (1853) →  51

Pressure value (6129) →  52

Dynam. viscosity (1854) →  52

Kinematic visc. (1857) →  52

Endress+Hauser 49
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

TempCompDynVisc (1872) →  53

TempCompKinVisc (1863) →  53

Concentration (1887) →  54

Target mass flow (1864) →  54

Carrier mass fl. (1865) →  54

[Link] (1893) →  55

[Link] (1894) →  55

Target vol. flow (1895) →  56

Carrier vol. fl. (1896) →  56

Mass flow

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → Mass flow (1838)

Description Displays the mass flow that is currently measured.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Mass flow unit parameter (→  64)

Volume flow

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → Volume flow (1847)

Description Displays the volume flow currently calculated.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Description

The volume flow is calculated from the mass flow currently measured and the density
currently measured.

Dependency
The unit is taken from the Volume flow unit parameter (→  66)

50 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

[Link]

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → [Link] (1851)

Description Displays the corrected volume flow currently measured.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the [Link] unit parameter (→  68)

Density

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → Density (1850)

Description Displays the density currently measured.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Density unit parameter (→  69)

[Link]

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → [Link] (1852)

Description Displays the reference density currently calculated.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Ref. dens. unit parameter (→  70)

Temperature

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → Temperature (1853)

Description Displays the medium temperature currently measured.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Endress+Hauser 51
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Temperature unit parameter (→  71)

Pressure value

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → Pressure value (6129)

Description Displays the fixed or external pressure value.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Pressure unit parameter (→  71)

Dynam. viscosity

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → Dynam. viscosity (1854)

Prerequisite For the following order code:

"Application package", option EG "Viscosity"
The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Displays the dynamic viscosity currently calculated.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Dyn. visc. unit parameter.

Kinematic visc.

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → Kinematic visc. (1857)

Prerequisite For the following order code:

"Application package", option EG "Viscosity"
The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Displays the kinematic viscosity currently calculated.

User interface Signed floating-point number

52 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Kin. visc. unit parameter (0578).

TempCompDynVisc

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → TempCompDynVisc (1872)

Prerequisite For the following order code:

"Application package", option EG "Viscosity"
The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Displays the temperature compensation currently calculated for the viscosity.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Dyn. visc. unit parameter.

TempCompKinVisc

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → TempCompKinVisc (1863)

Prerequisite For the following order code:

"Application package", option EG "Viscosity"
The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Displays the temperature compensation currently calculated for the kinetic viscosity.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Kin. visc. unit parameter (0578).

Endress+Hauser 53
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Concentration

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → Concentration (1887)

Prerequisite For the following order code:

Order code for "Application package", option ED "Concentration"
The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Displays the concentration currently calculated.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Concentr. unit parameter (0613).

Target mass flow

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → Target mass flow (1864)

Prerequisite With the following conditions:

Order code for "Application package", option ED "Concentration"
The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Displays the mass flow currently measured for the target medium.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Mass flow unit parameter (→  64)

Carrier mass fl.

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → Carrier mass fl. (1865)

Prerequisite With the following conditions:

Order code for "Application package", option ED "Concentration"
The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Displays the mass flow currently measured for the carrier medium.

User interface Signed floating-point number

54 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Mass flow unit parameter (→  64)

[Link]

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → [Link] (1893)

Prerequisite With the following conditions:

• Order code for "Application package", option ED "Concentration"
• In the Liquid type parameter, the Ethanol in water option or %mass / %volume option
is selected.
The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Displays the corrected volume flow currently measured for the target fluid.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Volume flow unit parameter (→  66)

[Link]

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → [Link] (1894)

Prerequisite With the following conditions:

• Order code for "Application package", option ED "Concentration"
• In the Liquid type parameter, the Ethanol in water option or %mass / %volume option
is selected.
The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Displays the corrected volume flow currently measured for the carrier fluid.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Volume flow unit parameter (→  66)

Endress+Hauser 55
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Target vol. flow

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → Target vol. flow (1895)

Prerequisite With the following conditions:

• Order code for "Application package", option ED "Concentration"
• The Ethanol in water option or %mass / %volume option is selected in the Liquid type
parameter.
• The %vol option is selected in the Concentr. unit parameter.
The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Displays the volume flow currently measured for the target medium.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Volume flow unit parameter (→  66)

Carrier vol. fl.

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Process variab. → Carrier vol. fl. (1896)

Prerequisite With the following conditions:

• Order code for "Application package", option ED "Concentration"
• The Ethanol in water option or %mass / %volume option is selected in the Liquid type
parameter.
• The %vol option is selected in the Concentr. unit parameter.
The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Use this function to display the volume flow currently measured for the carrier medium.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Volume flow unit parameter (→  66)

56 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

"Totalizer" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Totalizer

‣ Totalizer

Totalizer val. 1 to n (0911–1 to n) →  57

Tot. overflow 1 to n (0910–1 to n) →  57

Totalizer val. 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Totalizer → Totalizer val. 1 to n (0911–1 to n)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  206) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

Description Displays the current totalizer reading.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Description

As it is only possible to display a maximum of 7 digits in the operating tool, the current
counter value is the sum of the totalizer value and the overflow value from the Tot.
overflow 1 to n parameter if the display range is exceeded.
In the event of an error, the totalizer adopts the mode defined in the Failure mode
parameter (→  209).

User interface
The value of the process variable totalized since measuring began can be positive or
negative. This depends on the settings in the Operation mode parameter (→  208).
The unit of the selected process variable is specified for the totalizer in the Unit
totalizer parameter (→  207).

Example
Calculation of the current totalizer reading when the value exceeds the 7-digit display
range of the operating tool:
• Value in the Totalizer val. 1 parameter: 1 968 457 m3
• Value in the Tot. overflow 1 parameter: 1 ⋅ 107 (1 overflow) = 10 000 000 [m3]
• Current totalizer reading: 11 968 457 m3

Tot. overflow 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Totalizer → Tot. overflow 1 to n (0910–1 to n)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  206) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

Endress+Hauser 57
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Description Displays the current totalizer overflow.

User interface Integer with sign

Additional information Description

If the current totalizer reading exceeds 7 digits, which is the maximum value range that
can be displayed by the operating tool, the value above this range is output as an overflow.
The current totalizer value is therefore the sum of the overflow value and the totalizer
value from the Totalizer val. 1 to n parameter.

User interface
The unit of the selected process variable is specified for the totalizer in the Unit
totalizer parameter (→  207).

Example
Calculation of the current totalizer reading when the value exceeds the 7-digit display
range of the operating tool:
• Value in the Totalizer val. 1 parameter: 1 968 457 m3
• Value in the Tot. overflow 1 parameter: 2 ⋅ 107 (2 overflows) = 20 000 000 [m3]
• Current totalizer reading: 21 968 457 m3

"Input values" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Input values

‣ Input values

‣ Current input 1 to n →  58

‣ [Link]. 1 to n →  59

"Current input 1 to n" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Input values → Current

input 1 to n

‣ Current input 1 to n

Measured val. 1 to n (1603–1 to n) →  59

Measur. curr. 1 to n (1604–1 to n) →  59

58 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Measured val. 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Input values → Current input 1 to n

→ Measured val. 1 to n (1603–1 to n)

Description Displays the current input value.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Measur. curr. 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Input values → Current input 1 to n → Measur.
curr. 1 to n (1604–1 to n)

Description Displays the current value of the current input.

User interface 0 to 22.5 mA

"Value status input 1 to n" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Input values → [Link].

1 to n

‣ [Link]. 1 to n

[Link]. (1353–1 to n) →  59

[Link].

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Input values → [Link]. 1 to n

→ [Link]. (1353–1 to n)

Description Displays the current input signal level.

User interface • High

• Low

Endress+Hauser 59
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

"Output values" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values

‣ Output values

‣ Value [Link] 1 to n →  60

‣ PFS output 1 to n →  61

‣ Relay output 1 to n →  62

‣ Double pulse out →  63

"Value current output 1 to n" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → Value

[Link] 1 to n

‣ Value [Link] 1 to n

Output curr. 1 to n (0361–1 to n) →  60

Measur. curr. 1 to n (0366–1 to n) →  60

Output curr. 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → Value [Link] 1 to n → Output
curr. 1 to n (0361–1 to n)

Description Displays the current value currently calculated for the current output.

User interface 0 to 22.5 mA

Measur. curr. 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → Value [Link] 1 to n

→ Measur. curr. 1 to n (0366–1 to n)

Description Use this function to display the actual measured value of the output current.

User interface 0 to 30 mA

60 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

"Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → PFS output

1 to n

‣ PFS output 1 to n

Output freq. 1 to n (0471–1 to n) →  61

Pulse output 1 to n (0456–1 to n) →  61

Switch status 1 to n (0461–1 to n) →  62

Output freq. 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → PFS output 1 to n → Output
freq. 1 to n (0471–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Operating mode parameter (→  130), the Frequency option is selected.

Description Displays the actual value of the output frequency which is currently measured.

User interface 0.0 to 12 500.0 Hz

Pulse output 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → PFS output 1 to n → Pulse
output 1 to n (0456–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Pulse option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) parameter.

Description Displays the pulse frequency currently output.

User interface Positive floating-point number

Additional information Description

• The pulse output is an open collector output.
• This is configured at the factory in such a way that the transistor is conductive for the
duration of the pulse (NO contact) and is safety-oriented.

Endress+Hauser 61
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

1 1

0 t 0 t
NC NO
A0028726

0 Non-conductive
1 Conductive
NC NC contact (normally closed)
NO NO contact (normally open)

The output behavior can be reversed via the Invert [Link]. parameter (→  149) i.e.
the transistor does not conduct for the duration of the pulse.
In addition, the behavior of the output in the event of a device alarm (Failure mode
parameter (→  134)) can be configured.

Switch status 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → PFS output 1 to n → Switch
status 1 to n (0461–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Switch option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130).

Description Displays the current switch status of the status output.

User interface • Open

• Closed

Additional information User interface

• Open
The switch output is not conductive.
• Closed
The switch output is conductive.

"Relay output 1 to n" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → Relay

output 1 to n

‣ Relay output 1 to n

Switch status (0801–1 to n) →  63

Switch cycles (0815–1 to n) →  63

Max. cycles no. (0817–1 to n) →  63

62 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Switch status

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → Relay output 1 to n → Switch
status (0801–1 to n)

Description Displays the current status of the relay output.

User interface • Open

• Closed

Additional information User interface

• Open
The relay output is not conductive.
• Closed
The relay output is conductive.

Switch cycles

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → Relay output 1 to n → Switch
cycles (0815–1 to n)

Description Displays all the switch cycles performed.

User interface Positive integer

Max. cycles no.

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → Relay output 1 to n → Max.
cycles no. (0817–1 to n)

Description Displays the maximum number of guaranteed switch cycles.

User interface Positive integer

"Double pulse output" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → Double

pulse out

‣ Double pulse out

Pulse output (0987) →  64

Endress+Hauser 63
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Pulse output

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measured val. → Output values → Double pulse out → Pulse
output (0987)

Description Displays the pulse frequency of the double pulse output which is currently output.

User interface Positive floating-point number

Additional information For a detailed description and example: Pulse output parameter (→  61)

3.2.2 "System units" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units

‣ System units

Mass flow unit (0554) →  64

Mass unit (0574) →  65

Volume flow unit (0553) →  66

Volume unit (0563) →  67

[Link] unit (0558) →  68

Corr. vol. unit (0575) →  68

Density unit (0555) →  69

Ref. dens. unit (0556) →  70

Temperature unit (0557) →  71

Pressure unit (0564) →  71

Date/time format (2812) →  72

Mass flow unit 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → Mass flow unit (0554)

Description Use this function to select the unit for the mass flow.

64 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Selection SI units US units

• g/s • oz/s
• g/min • oz/min
• g/h • oz/h
• g/d • oz/d
• kg/s • lb/s
• kg/min • lb/min
• kg/h • lb/h
• kg/d • lb/d
• t/s • STon/s
• t/min • STon/min
• t/h • STon/h
• t/d • STon/d

Factory setting Country-specific:

• kg/h (DN > 150 (6"): t/h)
• lb/min

Additional information Result

The selected unit applies for:
• Target mass flow parameter (→  54)
• Carrier mass fl. parameter (→  54)
• Mass flow parameter (→  50)

Selection
For an explanation of the abbreviated units: →  268

Customer-specific units
The unit for the customer-specific mass is specified in the Mass text parameter
(→  74).

Mass unit 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → Mass unit (0574)

Description Use this function to select the unit for the mass.

Selection SI units US units

•g • oz
• kg • lb
•t • STon

Factory setting Country-specific:

• kg (DN > 150 (6"): t)
• lb

Endress+Hauser 65
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Selection

For an explanation of the abbreviated units: →  268

Customer-specific units
The unit for the customer-specific mass is specified in the Mass text parameter
(→  74).

Volume flow unit 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → Volume flow unit (0553)

Description Use this function to select the unit for the volume flow.

Selection SI units US units Imperial units

• cm³/s • af/s • gal/s (imp)
• cm³/min • af/min • gal/min (imp)
• cm³/h • af/h • gal/h (imp)
• cm³/d • af/d • gal/d (imp)
• dm³/s • ft³/s • Mgal/s (imp)
• dm³/min • ft³/min • Mgal/min (imp)
• dm³/h • ft³/h • Mgal/h (imp)
• dm³/d • ft³/d • Mgal/d (imp)
• m³/s • fl oz/s (us) • bbl/s (imp;oil)
• m³/min • fl oz/min (us) • bbl/min (imp;oil)
• m³/h • fl oz/h (us) • bbl/h (imp;oil)
• m³/d • fl oz/d (us) • bbl/d (imp;oil)
• ml/s • gal/s (us)
• ml/min • gal/min (us)
• ml/h • gal/h (us)
• ml/d • gal/d (us)
• l/s • kgal/s (us)
• l/min • kgal/min (us)
• l/h • kgal/h (us)
• l/d • kgal/d (us)
• hl/s • Mgal/s (us)
• hl/min • Mgal/min (us)
• hl/h • Mgal/h (us)
• hl/d • Mgal/d (us)
• Ml/s • bbl/s (us;oil)
• Ml/min • bbl/min (us;oil)
• Ml/h • bbl/h (us;oil)
• Ml/d • bbl/d (us;oil)
• bbl/s (us;tank)
• bbl/min (us;tank)
• bbl/h (us;tank)
• bbl/d (us;tank)

or

66 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

US units Imperial units

• bbl/s (us;liq.) • bbl/s (imp;beer)
• bbl/min (us;liq.) • bbl/min (imp;beer)
• bbl/h (us;liq.) • bbl/h (imp;beer)
• bbl/d (us;liq.) • bbl/d (imp;beer)
• bbl/s (us;beer)
• bbl/min (us;beer)
• bbl/h (us;beer)
• bbl/d (us;beer)

Factory setting Country-specific:

• l/h (DN > 150 (6"): m³/h)
• gal/min (us)

Additional information Result

The selected unit applies for:
Volume flow parameter (→  50)

Selection
For an explanation of the abbreviated units: →  268

Customer-specific units
The unit for the customer-specific volume is specified in the Volume text parameter
(→  73).

Volume unit 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → Volume unit (0563)

Description Use this function to select the unit for the volume.

Selection SI units US units Imperial units

• cm³ • af • gal (imp)
• dm³ • ft³ • Mgal (imp)
• m³ • fl oz (us) • bbl (imp;oil)
• ml • gal (us)
•l • kgal (us)
• hl • Mgal (us)
• Ml Mega • bbl (us;oil)
• bbl (us;tank)

or

US units Imperial units

• bbl (us;liq.) bbl (imp;beer)
• bbl (us;beer)

Factory setting Country-specific:

• l (DN > 150 (6"): m³)
• gal (us)

Endress+Hauser 67
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Selection

For an explanation of the abbreviated units: →  268

Customer-specific units
The unit for the customer-specific volume is specified in the Volume text parameter
(→  73).

[Link] unit 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → [Link] unit (0558)

Description Use this function to select the unit for the corrected volume flow.

Selection SI units US units Imperial units

• Nl/s • Sft³/s • Sgal/s (imp)
• Nl/min • Sft³/min • Sgal/min (imp)
• Nl/h • Sft³/h • Sgal/h (imp)
• Nl/d • Sft³/d • Sgal/d (imp)
• Nm³/s • Sgal/s (us)
• Nm³/min • Sgal/min (us)
• Nm³/h • Sgal/h (us)
• Nm³/d • Sgal/d (us)
• Sm³/s • Sbbl/s (us;liq.)
• Sm³/min • Sbbl/min (us;liq.)
• Sm³/h • Sbbl/h (us;liq.)
• Sm³/d • Sbbl/d (us;liq.)

Factory setting Country-specific:

• Nl/h (DN > 150 (6"): Nm³/h)
• Sft³/min

Additional information Result

The selected unit applies for:
[Link] parameter (→  51)

Selection
For an explanation of the abbreviated units: →  268

Corr. vol. unit 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → Corr. vol. unit (0575)

Description Use this function to select the unit for the corrected volume.

68 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Selection SI units US units Imperial units

• Nl • Sft³ Sgal (imp)
• Nm³ • Sgal (us)
• Sm³ • Sbbl (us;liq.)

Factory setting Country-specific:

• Nl (DN > 150 (6"): Nm³)
• Sft³

Additional information Selection

For an explanation of the abbreviated units: →  268

Density unit 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → Density unit (0555)

Description Use this function to select the unit for the density.

Selection SI units US units Imperial units

• g/cm³ • lb/ft³ • lb/gal (imp)
• g/m³ • lb/gal (us) • lb/bbl (imp;oil)
• g/ml • lb/bbl (us;oil)
• kg/l • lb/bbl (us;tank)
• kg/dm³
• kg/m³
• SD4°C
• SD15°C
• SD20°C
• SG4°C
• SG15°C
• SG20°C

or

US units Other units

SG60°F °API

Other units
°API

or

US units Imperial units

• lb/bbl (us;liq.) lb/bbl (imp;beer)
• lb/bbl (us;beer)

Factory setting Country-specific:

• kg/l
• lb/ft³

Endress+Hauser 69
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Result

The selected unit applies for:
• Density setpt 1 parameter
• Density setpt 2 parameter
• Density parameter (→  51)

Selection
• SD = specific density
The specific density is the ratio of the medium density to the water density at a water
temperature of +4 °C (+39 °F), +15 °C (+59 °F), +20 °C (+68 °F).
• SG = specific gravity
The specific gravity is the ratio of the medium density to the water density at a water
temperature of +4 °C (+39 °F), +15 °C (+59 °F), +20 °C (+68 °F).
For an explanation of the abbreviated units: →  268

Customer-specific units
The unit for the customer-specific density is specified in the Density text parameter
(→  77).

Ref. dens. unit 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → Ref. dens. unit (0556)

Description Use this function to select the unit for the reference density.

Selection SI units US units Other units

• kg/Nm³ • lb/Sft³ °APIbase
• kg/Nl • RD60°F
• g/Scm³
• kg/Sm³
• RD15°C
• RD20°C

Factory setting Country-dependent

• kg/Nl
• lb/Sft³

Additional information Result

The selected unit applies for:
• Ext. [Link] parameter (→  94)
• Fix [Link] parameter (→  95)
• [Link] parameter (→  51)

Selection
For an explanation of the abbreviated units: →  268

70 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Temperature unit 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → Temperature unit (0557)

Description Use this function to select the unit for the temperature.

Selection SI units US units

• °C • °F
•K • °R

Factory setting Country-specific:

• °C
• °F

Additional information Result

The selected unit applies for:
• Maximum value parameter (→  232)
• Minimum value parameter (→  233)
• Maximum value parameter (→  233)
• Minimum value parameter (→  233)
• Maximum value parameter (→  235)
• Minimum value parameter (→  234)
• External temp. parameter (→  93)
• Ref. temperature parameter (6222)
• Temperature parameter (→  51)
• Ref. temperature parameter (→  95)

Selection
For an explanation of the abbreviated units: →  268

Pressure unit 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → Pressure unit (0564)

Description Use this function to select the unit for the pipe pressure.

Selection SI units US units

• Pa a • psi a
• kPa a • psi g
• MPa a
• bar
• Pa g
• kPa g
• MPa g
• bar g

Factory setting Country-specific:

• bar a
• psi a

Endress+Hauser 71
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Result

The unit is taken from:
• Pressure value parameter (→  91)
• External press. parameter (→  92)
• Pressure value parameter (→  52)

Selection
For an explanation of the abbreviated units: →  268

Customer-specific units
The unit for the customer-specific energy is defined in the Pressure text parameter
(→  79).

Date/time format 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → Date/time format (2812)

Description Use this function to select the desired time format for calibration history.

Selection • [Link] hh:mm

• [Link] am/pm
• mm/dd/yy hh:mm
• mm/dd/yy am/pm

Factory setting [Link] hh:mm

Additional information Selection

For an explanation of the abbreviated units: →  268

"User-spec. units" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units

‣ User-spec. units

Volume text (0567) →  73

Volume offset (0569) →  74

Volume factor (0568) →  74

Mass text (0560) →  74

Mass offset (0562) →  75

72 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Mass factor (0561) →  75

Corr. vol. text (0592) →  76

Corr vol. offset (0602) →  76

[Link]. factor (0590) →  76

Density text (0570) →  77

Density offset (0571) →  77

Density factor (0572) →  77

Spec. enth. text (0585) →  77

Spec. enth. off. (0584) →  78

Spec. enth. fac. (0583) →  78

Energy text (0600) →  78

Energy offset (0599) →  79

Energy factor (0586) →  79

Pressure text (0581) →  79

Pressure offset (0580) →  80

Pressure factor (0579) →  80

Volume text 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Volume text (0567)

Description Use this function to enter a text for the user-specific unit of volume and volume flow. The
corresponding time units (s, min, h, d) for volume flow are generated automatically.

User entry Max. 10 characters such as letters, numbers or special characters (@, %, /)

Factory setting User vol.

Endress+Hauser 73
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Result

The defined unit is shown as an option in the choose list of the following parameters:
• Volume flow unit parameter (→  66)
• Volume unit parameter (→  67)

Example
If the text GLAS is entered, the choose list of the Volume flow unit parameter (→  66)
shows the following options:
• GLAS/s
• GLAS/min
• GLAS/h
• GLAS/d

Volume offset 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Volume offset (0569)

Description Use this function to enter the offset for adapting the user-specific volume unit and volume
flow unit (without time).

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information Description

Value in user-specific unit = (factor × value in base unit) + offset

Volume factor 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Volume factor (0568)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor (without time) for the user-specific volume and
volume flow unit.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 1.0

Mass text 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Mass text (0560)

Description Use this function to enter a text for the user-specific unit of mass and mass flow. The
corresponding time units (s, min, h, d) for mass flow are generated automatically.

74 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

User entry Max. 10 characters such as letters, numbers or special characters (@, %, /)

Factory setting User mass

Additional information Result

The defined unit is shown as an option in the choose list of the following parameters:
• Mass flow unit parameter (→  64)
• Mass unit parameter (→  65)

Example
If the text CENT for "centner" is entered, the following options are displayed in the picklist
for the Mass flow unit parameter (→  64):
• CENT/s
• CENT/min
• CENT/h
• CENT/d

Mass offset 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Mass offset (0562)

Description Use this function to enter the zero point shift for the user-specific mass and mass flow
unit.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information Description

Value in user-specific unit = (factor × value in base unit) + offset

Mass factor 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Mass factor (0561)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor (without time) for the user-specific mass and
mass flow unit.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 1.0

Additional information Example

Mass of 1 Zentner = 50 kg → 0.02 Zentner = 1 kg → entry: 0.02

Endress+Hauser 75
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Corr. vol. text 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Corr. vol. text (0592)

Description Use this function to enter a text for the user-specific unit of the corrected volume and
corrected volume flow. The corresponding time units (s, min, h, d) for mass flow are
generated automatically.

User entry Max. 10 characters such as letters, numbers or special characters (@, %, /)

Factory setting UserCrVol.

Additional information Result

The defined unit is shown as an option in the choose list of the following parameters:
• [Link] unit parameter (→  68)
• Corr. vol. unit parameter (→  68)

Example
If the text GLAS is entered, the choose list of the [Link] unit parameter (→  68)
shows the following options:
• GLAS/s
• GLAS/min
• GLAS/h
• GLAS/d

Corr vol. offset 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Corr vol. offset (0602)

Description Use this function to enter the offset for adapting the user-specific corrected volume unit
and corrected volume flow unit (without time).
Value in user-specific unit = (factor × value in base unit) + offset

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

[Link]. factor 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → [Link]. factor (0590)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor (without time) for the user-specific corrected
volume unit and corrected volume flow unit.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 1.0

76 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Density text 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Density text (0570)

Description Use this function to enter a text or the user-specific unit of density.

User entry Max. 10 characters such as letters, numbers or special characters (@, %, /)

Factory setting User dens.

Additional information Result

The defined unit is shown as an option in the choose list of the Density unit
parameter (→  69).

Example
Enter text “CE_L” for centners per liter

Density offset 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Density offset (0571)

Description Use this function to enter the zero point shift for the user-specific density unit.
Value in user-specific unit = (factor × value in base unit) + offset

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Density factor 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Density factor (0572)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor for the user-specific density unit.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 1.0

Spec. enth. text 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Spec. enth. text (0585)

User entry Max. 10 characters such as letters, numbers or special characters (@, %, /)

Endress+Hauser 77
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Factory setting User enth.

Additional information Result

Example
If the text CAL is entered, the choose list of the Cal. value unit parameter shows the
following options:
• CAL/Nm3
• CAL/m3
• CAL/ft3
• CAL/Sft3

Spec. enth. off. 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Spec. enth. off. (0584)

Description Use this function to enter the offset for adapting the user-specific calorific value unit
(without volume).

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Spec. enth. fac. 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Spec. enth. fac. (0583)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor (without volume) for the user-specific calorific
value unit.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 1.0

Additional information Example

1 W × min = 60 J → 0.166 W × min = 1 J → user entry: 0.0166

Energy text 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Energy text (0600)

Description Use this function to enter a text for the user-specific energy unit.

User entry Max. 10 characters such as letters, numbers or special characters (@, %, /)

Factory setting User en.

78 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information Result

The defined unit is shown as an option in the choose list of the following parameters:
• Energy unit parameter
• Energy flow unit parameter

Example
If the text W is entered, the choose list of the Energy flow unit parameter shows the
following options:
• W/s
• W/min
• W/h
• W/d

Energy offset 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Energy offset (0599)

Description Use this function to enter the offset for adapting the user-specific energy unit (without
time).

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Energy factor 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Energy factor (0586)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor for the user-specific energy unit.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 1.0

Pressure text 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Pressure text (0581)

Description Use this function to enter a text for the user-specific pressure unit.

User entry Max. 10 characters such as letters, numbers or special characters (@, %, /)

Factory setting User pres.

Endress+Hauser 79
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Result

The defined unit is shown as an option in the choose list of the Pressure unit
parameter (→  71).

Pressure offset 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Pressure offset (0580)

Description Use this function to enter the offset for adapting the user-specific pressure unit.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Pressure factor 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → System units → User-spec. units → Pressure factor (0579)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor for the user-specific pressure unit.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 1.0

Additional information Example

1 Dyn/cm² = 0.1 Pa → 10 Dyn/cm² = 1 Pa → user entry: 10

3.2.3 "Process param." submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param.

‣ Process param.

Flow damping (1802) →  81

Density damping (1803) →  81

Temp. damping (1822) →  82

Flow override (1839) →  82

80 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

‣ Low flow cut off →  83

‣ Partial pipe det →  86

Flow damping 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Flow damping (1802)

Description Use this function to enter a time constant for flow damping (PT1 element). Reduction of
the variability of the flow measured value (in relation to interference). For this purpose,
the depth of the flow filter is adjusted: when the filter setting increases, the reaction time
of the device also increases.

User entry 0 to 100.0 s

Factory setting 0s

Additional information Description

The damping is performed by a PT1 element 2).

User entry
• Value = 0: no damping
• Value > 0: damping is increased
Damping is switched off if 0 is entered (factory setting).

Result
The damping affects the following variables of the device:
• Outputs →  113
• Low flow cut off →  83
• Totalizers →  205

Density damping 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Density damping (1803)

Description Use this function to enter a time constant for the damping (PT1 element) of the density
measured value.

User entry 0 to 999.9 s

Factory setting 0s

2) Proportional behavior with first-order lag

Endress+Hauser 81
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Description

The damping is performed by a PT1 element 3).

User entry
• Value = 0: no damping
• Value > 0: damping is increased
Damping is switched off if 0 is entered (factory setting).

Temp. damping 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Temp. damping (1822)

Description Use this function to enter a time constant for the damping (PT1 element) of the
temperature measured value.

User entry 0 to 999.9 s

Factory setting 0s

Additional information Description

The damping is performed by a PT1 element 4).

User entry
• Value = 0: no damping
• Value > 0: damping is increased
Damping is switched off if 0 is entered (factory setting).

Flow override 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Flow override (1839)

Description Use this function to select whether to interrupt the evaluation of measured values. This is
useful for the cleaning processes of a pipeline, for example.

Selection • Off
• On

Factory setting Off

3) Proportional behavior with first-order lag

4) Proportional behavior with first-order lag

82 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information Description

Flow override is active
• The diagnostic message diagnostic message C453 Flow override is displayed.
• Output values
– Temperature: continues to be output
– Totalizers 1-3: stop being totalized
The Flow override option can also be activated in the Status input submenu: Assign
[Link]. parameter (→  112).

"Low flow cut off" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Low flow cut off

‣ Low flow cut off

Assign variable (1837) →  83

On value (1805) →  83

Off value (1804) →  84

Pres. shock sup. (1806) →  84

Assign variable 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Low flow cut off → Assign variable (1837)

Description Use this function to select the process variable for low flow cutoff detection.

Selection • Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]

Factory setting Mass flow

On value 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Low flow cut off → On value (1805)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  83).

Description Use this function to enter a switch-on value for low flow cut off. Low flow cut off is
activated if the value entered is not equal to 0 →  84.

Endress+Hauser 83
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

User entry Positive floating-point number

Factory setting Depends on country and nominal diameter→  263

Additional information Dependency

The unit depends on the process variable selected in the Assign variable parameter
(→  83).

Off value 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Low flow cut off → Off value (1804)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  83).

Description Use this function to enter a switch-off value for low flow cut off. The off value is entered as
a positive hysteresis from the on value→  83.

User entry 0 to 100.0 %

Factory setting 50 %

Additional information Example

Q 2 2

4
H
3
t
1 A 1 A

A0012887

Q Flow
t Time
H Hysteresis
A Low flow cut off active
1 Low flow cut off is activated
2 Low flow cut off is deactivated
3 On value entered
4 Off value entered

Pres. shock sup. 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Low flow cut off → Pres. shock sup. (1806)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  83).

Description Use this function to enter the time interval for signal suppression (= active pressure shock
suppression).

User entry 0 to 100 s

84 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Factory setting 0s

Additional information Description

Pressure shock suppression is enabled
• Prerequisite:
– Flow rate < on-value of low flow cut off
or
– Changing the flow direction
• Output values
– Current output: outputs the current corresponding to zero flow
– Flow displayed: 0
– Totalizer: the totalizers are pegged at the last correct value
Pressure shock suppression is disabled
• Prerequisite: the time interval set in this function has elapsed.
• If the flow also exceeds the switch-off value for low flow cut off, the device starts
processing the current flow value again and displays it.

Example
When closing a valve, momentarily strong fluid movements may occur in the pipeline,
which are registered by the measuring system. These totalized flow values lead to a false
totalizer status, particularly during batching processes.

Q D C D

1 2 3 4

6
5
t

A B

A0012888

Q Flow
t Time
A Drip
B Pressure shock
C Pressure shock suppression active as specified by the time entered
D Pressure shock suppression inactive
1 Valve closes
2 Flow falls below the on-value of the low flow cut off: pressure shock suppression is activated
3 The time entered has elapsed: pressure shock suppression is deactivated
4 The actual flow value is now displayed and output
5 On-value for low flow cut off
6 Off-value for low flow cut off

Endress+Hauser 85
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

"Partial pipe det" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Partial pipe det

‣ Partial pipe det

Assign variable (1860) →  86

Low value (1861) →  86

High value (1858) →  87

Response time (1859) →  87

Max. damping (6040) →  88

Assign variable 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Partial pipe det → Assign variable (1860)

Description Use this function to select a process variable to detect empty or partially filled measuring
tubes.
For gas measurement: Deactivate monitoring due to low gas density.

Selection • Off
• Density
• [Link]

Factory setting Off

Low value 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Partial pipe det → Low value (1861)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  86).

Description Use this function to enter a lower limit value to enable detection of empty or partially filled
measuring tubes. If the measured density falls below this value, monitoring is enabled.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 200

86 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information User entry

The lower limit value must be less than the upper limit value defined in the High value
parameter (→  87).
The unit depends on the process variable selected in the Assign variable parameter
(→  86).

Limit value
If the displayed value is outside the limit value, the measuring device displays the
diagnostic message S862 Partly filled.

High value 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Partial pipe det → High value (1858)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  86).

Description Use this function to enter an upper limit value to enable detection of empty or partially
filled measuring tubes. If the measured density exceeds this value, detection is enabled.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 6 000

Additional information User entry

The upper limit value must be greater than the lower limit value defined in the Low value
parameter (→  86).
The unit depends on the process variable selected in the Assign variable parameter
(→  86).

Limit value
If the displayed value is outside the limit value, the measuring device displays the
diagnostic message S862 Partly filled.

Response time 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Partial pipe det → Response time (1859)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  86).

Description Use this function to enter the minimum length of time (debouncing time) the signal must
be present for the diagnostic message S862 Partly filled to be triggered if the
measuring pipe is empty or partially full.

User entry 0 to 100 s

Factory setting 1s

Endress+Hauser 87
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Max. damping 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Process param. → Partial pipe det → Max. damping (6040)

Description Use this function to enter a damping value to enable detection of empty or partially filled
measuring tubes.

User entry Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Additional information Description

If oscillation damping exceeds the specified value, the measuring device presumes that the
pipe is partially filled and the flow signal is set to 0. The measuring device displays the
diagnostic message S862 Partly filled. In the case of non-homogeneous media or air
pockets, the damping of the measuring tubes increases.

User entry
• Damping is disabled if 0 is entered (factory setting).
• Damping is enabled if the value entered is greater than 0.
• The value entered depends on application-specific influence variables, such as the
medium, nominal diameter, sensor etc.

Example
• If the pipe is filled normally the value of the oscillation damping is 500.
• If the pipe is partially filled the value of the oscillation damping is > 5000.
• A practical damping value would then be 2000: enter 2000 as the value.

3.2.4 "Measurement mode" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measurement mode

‣ Measurement mode

Select medium (6062) →  89

Select gas type (6074) →  89

Sound velocity (6147) →  90

Temp. coeff. SV (6181) →  90

88 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

[Link] 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measurement mode → [Link] (6242)

Description Switching the dual mode of the sensor on and off.

Selection • No
• Yes

Factory setting No

Select medium 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measurement mode → Select medium (6062)

Description Use this function to select the type of medium.

Selection Liquid

Factory setting Liquid

Select gas type 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measurement mode → Select gas type (6074)

Prerequisite The Gas option is selected in the Select medium parameter (→  89).

Description Use this function to select the type of gas for the measuring application.

Selection • Air
• Ammonia NH3
• Argon Ar
• Sulf. [Link].SF6
• Oxygen O2
• Ozone O3
• Nitrog. ox. NOx
• Nitrogen N2
• Nitrous ox. N2O
• Methane CH4
• Hydrogen H2
• Helium He
• [Link]
• [Link]. H2S
• Ethylene C2H4
• Carbon diox. CO2
• Carbon monox. CO
• Chlorine Cl2
• Butane C4H10
• Propane C3H8

Endress+Hauser 89
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

• Propylene C3H6
• Ethane C2H6
• Others

Factory setting Methane CH4

Additional information Description

The gas type needs to be selected so that it is possible to comply with accuracy
specifications in gas applications.

Sound velocity 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measurement mode → Sound velocity (6147)

Prerequisite In the Select gas type parameter (→  89), the Others option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter the sound velocity of the gas at 0 °C (+32 °F).

User entry 1 to 99 999.9999 m/s

Factory setting 415.0 m/s

Temp. coeff. SV 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Measurement mode → Temp. coeff. SV (6181)

Prerequisite The Others option is selected in the Select gas type parameter (→  89).

Description Use this function to enter a temperature coefficient for the sound velocity of the gas.

User entry Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 0 (m/s)/K

3.2.5 "External comp." submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → External comp.

‣ External comp.

Pressure compen. (6130) →  91

Pressure value (6059) →  91

90 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

External press. (6209) →  92

[Link] (6184) →  92

External temp. (6080) →  93

Pressure compen. 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → External comp. → Pressure compen. (6130)

Description Use this function to select the type of pressure compensation.

Selection • Off
• Fixed value
• External value
• Current input 1 *
• Current input 2 *

Factory setting Off

Additional information Selection

• Fixed value
A fixed pressure value is used for compensation: Pressure value parameter (→  91)
• External value
The pressure value read in via HART is used for compensation.
• Current input 1 option, Current input 2 option
The pressure value read in via the current input is used for compensation.

Pressure value 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → External comp. → Pressure value (6059)

Prerequisite The Fixed value option or the Current input 1…n option is selected in the Pressure
compen. parameter (→  91).

Description Use this function to enter a value for the process pressure that is used for pressure
correction.

User entry Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 0 bar

Additional information User entry

The unit is taken from the Pressure unit parameter (→  71)

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 91
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

External press.

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → External comp. → External press. (6209)

Prerequisite The Fixed value option or the Current input 1…n option is selected in the Pressure
compen. parameter (→  91).

Description Use this function to enter an external pressure value.

User interface Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 0 bar

Additional information User entry

The unit is taken from the Pressure unit parameter (→  71)

[Link] 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → External comp. → [Link] (6184)

Description Use this function to select the temperature mode.

Selection • Internal value

• External value
• Current input 1 *
• Current input 2 *
• Current input 3 *

Factory setting Internal value

Additional information Description

Use this function to select the type of temperature compensation.

Selection
All the options available for selection are used for measured value compensation.
• Internal value
The temperature value measured internally (temperature sensor of the measuring
sensor) is used for compensation.
• External value
The temperature value read in via HART is used for compensation.
• Current input 1 optionVisibility depends on order options or device settings, Current
input 2 optionVisibility depends on order options or device settings
The temperature value read in via the current input is used for compensation.

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

92 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

External temp.

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → External comp. → External temp. (6080)

Prerequisite The External value option or the Current input 1…n option is selected in the
Temperature mode parameter (→  92).

Description Use this function to enter the external temperature.

User interface –273.15 to 99 999 °C

Factory setting Country-specific:

• 0 °C
• +32 °F

Additional information Description

The unit is taken from the Temperature unit parameter (→  71)

3.2.6 "Calculated value" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calculated value

‣ Calculated value

‣ Corr. [Link]. →  93

"Corr. [Link]." submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calculated value → Corr. [Link].

‣ Corr. [Link].

Corr. [Link]. (1812) →  94

Ext. [Link] (6198) →  94

Fix [Link] (1814) →  95

Ref. temperature (1816) →  95

Linear exp coeff (1817) →  96

Square exp coeff (1818) →  96

Endress+Hauser 93
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Corr. [Link]. 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calculated value → Corr. [Link]. → Corr. [Link]. (1812)

Description Use this function to select the reference density for calculating the corrected volume flow.

Selection • Fix [Link]

• Calc ref density
• Current input 1 *
• Current input 2 *

Factory setting Calc ref density

Additional information Selection

The Ref. dens API 53 option is suitable only for applications involving LPG 5), where the
flow rate is measured on the basis of the corrected volume flow.
Selecting this option means that the reference density is used, taking into account the
values in table 53 E of API MPMS section 11.2. Temperature measurement (measured
internally or read into the device from an external source→  90→  90) and density
measurement take place during operation while the medium is flowing. The mass flow is
divided by the reference density to give the corrected volume flow and is issued as an
output signal.

Ext. [Link]

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calculated value → Corr. [Link]. → Ext. [Link] (6198)

Prerequisite One of the following options is selected in the Corr. [Link]. parameter (→  94):
• Current input 1 *
• Current input 2 *

Description Displays the reference density which is read in externally, e.g. via the current input, HART
input.

User interface Floating point number with sign

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Ref. dens. unit parameter (→  70)

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

5) liquefied petroleum gas

94 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Fix [Link] 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calculated value → Corr. [Link]. → Fix [Link] (1814)

Prerequisite The Fix [Link] option is selected in the Corr. [Link]. parameter (→  94)
parameter.

Description Use this function to enter a fixed value for the reference density.

User entry Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 1 kg/Nl

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Ref. dens. unit parameter (→  70)

Ref. temperature 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calculated value → Corr. [Link]. → Ref. temperature (1816)

Prerequisite The Calc ref density option is selected in the Corr. [Link]. parameter (→  94)
parameter.

Description Use this function to enter a reference temperature for calculating the reference density.

User entry –273.15 to 99 999 °C

Factory setting Country-specific:

• +20 °C
• +68 °F

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Temperature unit parameter (→  71)

Reference density calculation

ρn = ρ ⋅ (1 + α ⋅ ∆t + β ⋅ ∆t2)
A0023403

• ρN: reference density

• ρ: fluid density currently measured
• t: fluid temperature currently measured
• tN: reference temperature at which the reference density is calculated (e.g. 20 °C)
• ∆t: t - tN
• α: linear expansion coefficient of the fluid, unit = [1/K]; K = Kelvin
• β: square expansion coefficient of the fluid, unit = [1/K2]

Endress+Hauser 95
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Linear exp coeff 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calculated value → Corr. [Link]. → Linear exp coeff (1817)

Prerequisite The Calc ref density option is selected in the Corr. [Link]. parameter (→  94)
parameter.

Description Use this function to enter a linear, fluid-specific expansion coefficient for calculating the
reference density.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0.0 1/K

Square exp coeff 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calculated value → Corr. [Link]. → Square exp coeff (1818)

Prerequisite The Calc ref density option is selected in the Corr. [Link]. parameter (→  94)
parameter.

Description For fluid with a non-linear expansion pattern: use this function to enter a quadratic, fluid-
specific expansion coefficient for calculating the reference density.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0.0 1/K²

3.2.7 "Sensor adjustment" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm.

‣ Sensor adjustm.

Install. direct. (1809) →  97

Inst. angle roll (6282) →  97

[Link] pitch (6236) →  97

‣ Zero point adj. →  98

‣ Variable adjust →  99

96 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Install. direct. 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Install. direct. (1809)

Description Use this function to change the sign of the medium flow direction.

Selection • In arrow direct.

• Against arrow

Factory setting In arrow direct.

Additional information Description

Before changing the sign: ascertain the actual direction of fluid flow with reference to
the direction indicated by the arrow on the sensor nameplate.

Inst. angle roll 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Inst. angle roll (6282)

Prerequisite Available only with Promass Q.

Description Use this function to enter the roll installation angle in degrees.

User entry –180 to 180 °

Factory setting 0°

Additional information FIGURE: ROLL ANGLE

Roll angle
• The roll angle is the angle β from the vertical V to align the central axis Z of the
transmitter.
• The roll angle can be between –180 to +180 °.

[Link] pitch 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → [Link] pitch (6236)

Prerequisite Available only with Promass Q.

Description Use this function to enter the installation angle pitch in degrees.

User entry –180 to 180 °

Factory setting 0°

Additional information FIGURE: PITCH ANGLE

Endress+Hauser 97
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Pitch angle
• The pitch angle is the angle α from the horizontal H to align the central axis Z of the
measuring device.
• The pitch angle can be between –90 to +90 °.

"Zero point adj." submenu

• It is generally not necessary to perform zero point adjustment.
• However, this function may be needed in some applications with low flow and strict
accuracy requirements.
• A zero point adjustment cannot increase repeatability.
• The following conditions should be met to perform a zero point adjustment
successfully without the adjustment finishing in an error:
– The real flow must be 0.
– The pressure must be at least 15 psi g.
• The adjustment takes a maximum of 60 s. The more stable the conditions, the
faster the adjustment is completed.
• This function can also be used to check the health of the measuring device.
A healthy measuring device has a maximum zero point deviation of ±100 compared
to the factory setting of the measuring device (calibration report).

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Zero point adj.

‣ Zero point adj.

Zero point adj. (6196) →  98

Progress (2808) →  99

Zero point adj. 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Zero point adj. → Zero point adj. (6196)

Description Use this function to select the start of the zero point adjustment.
Observe conditions →  98.

Selection • Cancel
• Busy
• Zero adjust fail
• Start

Factory setting Cancel

98 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information Description

• Cancel
If zero point adjustment has failed, select this option to cancel zero point adjustment.
• Busy
Is displayed during zero point adjustment.
• Zero adjust fail
Is displayed if zero point adjustment has failed.
• Start
Select this option to start zero point adjustment.

Progress

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Zero point adj. → Progress (2808)

Description The progress of the process is indicated.

User interface 0 to 100 %

"Variable adjust" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust

‣ Variable adjust

Mass flow offset (1831) →  100

Mass flow factor (1832) →  100

Vol. flow offset (1841) →  100

Vol. flow factor (1846) →  101

Density offset (1848) →  101

Density factor (1849) →  101

Corr. vol offset (1866) →  102

Corr. vol factor (1867) →  102

[Link]. offset (1868) →  102

[Link]. factor (1869) →  103

Endress+Hauser 99
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Temp. offset (1870) →  103

Temp. factor (1871) →  103

Mass flow offset 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust → Mass flow offset (1831)

Description Use this function to enter the zero point shift for the mass flow trim. The mass flow unit
on which the shift is based is kg/s.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0 kg/s

Additional information Description

Corrected value = (factor × value) + offset

Mass flow factor 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust → Mass flow factor (1832)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor (without time) for the mass flow. This
multiplication factor is applied over the mass flow range.

User entry Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 1

Additional information Description

Corrected value = (factor × value) + offset

Vol. flow offset 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust → Vol. flow offset (1841)

Description Use this function to enter the zero point shift for the volume flow trim. The volume flow
unit on which the shift is based is m³/s.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0 m³/s

100 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information Description

Corrected value = (factor × value) + offset

Vol. flow factor 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust → Vol. flow factor (1846)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor (without time) for the volume flow. This
multiplication factor is applied over the volume flow range.

User entry Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 1

Additional information Description

Corrected value = (factor × value) + offset

Density offset 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust → Density offset (1848)

Description Use this function to enter the zero point shift for the density trim. The density unit on
which the shift is based is kg/m³.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0 kg/m³

Additional information Description

Corrected value = (factor × value) + offset

Density factor 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust → Density factor (1849)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor for the density. This multiplication factor is
applied over the density range.

User entry Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 1

Endress+Hauser 101
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Description

Corrected value = (factor × value) + offset

Corr. vol offset 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust → Corr. vol offset (1866)

Description Use this function to enter the zero point shift for the corrected volume flow trim. The
corrected volume flow unit on which the shift is based is 1 Nm³/s.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0 Nm³/s

Additional information Description

Corrected value = (factor × value) + offset

Corr. vol factor 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust → Corr. vol factor (1867)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor (without time) for the corrected volume flow.
This multiplication factor is applied over the corrected volume flow range.

User entry Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 1

Additional information Description

Corrected value = (factor × value) + offset

[Link]. offset 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust → [Link]. offset (1868)

Description Use this parameter to enter the zero point shift for the reference density trim. The
reference density unit on which the shift is based is 1 kg/Nm³.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0 kg/Nm³

102 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information Description

Corrected value = (factor × value) + offset

[Link]. factor 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust → [Link]. factor (1869)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor (without time) for the reference density. This
multiplication factor is applied over the reference density range.

User entry Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 1

Additional information Description

Corrected value = (factor × value) + offset

Temp. offset 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust → Temp. offset (1870)

Description Use this function to enter the zero point shift for the temperature trim. The temperature
unit on which the shift is based is K.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0K

Additional information Description

Corrected value = (factor × value) + offset

Temp. factor 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Sensor adjustm. → Variable adjust → Temp. factor (1871)

Description Use this function to enter a quantity factor for the temperature. In each case, this factor
refers to the temperature in K.

User entry Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 1

Endress+Hauser 103
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Description

Corrected value = (factor × value) + offset

3.2.8 "Calibration" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calibration

‣ Calibration

Cal. factor (6025) →  104

Zero point (6195) →  104

Nominal diameter (2807) →  105

C0 to 5 (6022) →  105

Cal. factor

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calibration → Cal. factor (6025)

Description Displays the current calibration factor for the sensor.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Depends on nominal diameter and calibration.

Zero point 

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calibration → Zero point (6195)

Description Use this function to enter the zero point correction value for the sensor.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Depends on nominal diameter and calibration.

104 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Nominal diameter

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calibration → Nominal diameter (2807)

Description Displays the nominal diameter of the sensor.

User interface DNxx / x"

Factory setting Depends on the size of the sensor

Additional information Description

The value is also specified on the sensor nameplate.

C0 to 5

Navigation  Expert → Sensor → Calibration → C0 to 5 (6022)

Description Displays the current density coefficients C0 to 5 of the sensor.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

3.3 "I/O configuration" submenu

Navigation  Expert → I/O config.

‣ I/O config.

I/O 1 to n terminals (3902–1 to n) →  106

I/O 1 to n info (3906–1 to n) →  106

I/O 1 to n type (3901–1 to n) →  106

Apply I/O config (3907) →  107

Alteration code (2762) →  107

Endress+Hauser 105
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

I/O 1 to n terminals

Navigation  Expert → I/O config. → I/O 1 to n terminals (3902–1 to n)

Description Displays the terminal numbers used by the I/O module.

User interface • Not used

• 26-27 (I/O 1)
• 24-25 (I/O 2)
• 22-23 (I/O 3)

I/O 1 to n info

Navigation  Expert → I/O config. → I/O 1 to n info (3906–1 to n)

Description Displays information about the plugged in I/O module.

User interface • Not plugged

• Invalid
• Not configurable
• Configurable
• HART

Additional information "Not plugged" option

The I/O module is not plugged in.

"Invalid" option
The I/O module is not plugged correctly.

"Not configurable" option

The I/O module is not configurable.

"Configurable" option
The I/O module is configurable.

"Fieldbus" option
The I/O module is configured for the fieldbus.

I/O 1 to n type 

Navigation  Expert → I/O config. → I/O 1 to n type (3901–1 to n)

Prerequisite For the following order code:

• "Output; input 2", option D "Configurable I/O initial setting off"
• "Output; input 3", option D "Configurable I/O initial setting off"

Description Use this function to select the I/O module type for the configuration of the I/O module.

106 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Selection • Off
• [Link] *
• Current input *
• Status input *
• PFS output *

Factory setting Off

Apply I/O config 

Navigation  Expert → I/O config. → Apply I/O config (3907)

Description Use this function to activate the newly configured I/O module type.

Selection • No
• Yes

Factory setting No

Alteration code 

Navigation  Expert → I/O config. → Alteration code (2762)

Description Use this function to enter the ordered activation code to activate the I/O configuration
change.

User entry Positive integer

Factory setting 0

Additional information Description

The I/O configuration is changed in the I/O type parameter (→  106).

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 107
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

3.4 "Input" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Input

‣ Input

‣ Current input 1 to n →  108

‣ Status input 1 to n →  111

3.4.1 "Current input 1 to n" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Input → Current input 1 to n

‣ Current input 1 to n

Terminal no. (1611–1 to n) →  108

Signal mode (1610–1 to n) →  109

Current span (1605–1 to n) →  109

0/4 mA value (1606–1 to n) →  109

20 mA value (1607–1 to n) →  110

Failure mode (1601–1 to n) →  110

Failure value (1602–1 to n) →  111

Terminal no.

Navigation  Expert → Input → Current input 1 to n → Terminal no. (1611–1 to n)

Description Displays the terminal numbers used by the current input module.

User interface • Not used

• 24-25 (I/O 2)
• 22-23 (I/O 3)

Additional information "Not used" option

The current input module does not use any terminal numbers.

108 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Signal mode 

Navigation  Expert → Input → Current input 1 to n → Signal mode (1610–1 to n)

Prerequisite The measuring device is not approved for use in the hazardous area with type of
protection Ex-i.

Description Use this function to select the signal mode for the current input.

Selection • Passive
• Active

Factory setting Active

Current span 

Navigation  Expert → Input → Current input 1 to n → Current span (1605–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select the current range for the process value output and the upper
and lower level for signal on alarm.

Selection • 4...20 mA
• 4...20 mA NAMUR
• 4...20 mA US
• 0...20 mA

Factory setting Country-specific:

• 4...20 mA NAMUR
• 4...20 mA US

Additional information Examples

Sample values for the current range: Current span parameter (→  116)

0/4 mA value 

Navigation  Expert → Input → Current input 1 to n → 0/4 mA value (1606–1 to n)

Description Use this function to enter a value for the 4 mA current.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

Endress+Hauser 109
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Current input behavior

The current input behaves differently depending on the settings configured in the
following parameters:
• Current span (→  109)
• Failure mode (→  110)

Configuration examples
Pay attention to the configuration examples for 4 mA value parameter (→  117).

20 mA value 

Navigation  Expert → Input → Current input 1 to n → 20 mA value (1607–1 to n)

Description Use this function to enter a value for the 20 mA current.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Depends on country and nominal diameter

Additional information Configuration examples

Pay attention to the configuration examples for 4 mA value parameter (→  117).

Failure mode 

Navigation  Expert → Input → Current input 1 to n → Failure mode (1601–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select the input behavior when measuring a current outside the
configured Current span parameter (→  109).

Selection • Alarm
• Last valid value
• Defined value

Factory setting Alarm

Additional information Options

• Alarm
An error message is set.
• Last valid value
The last valid measured value is used.
• Defined value
A user-defined measured value is used (Failure value parameter (→  111)).

110 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Failure value 

Navigation  Expert → Input → Current input 1 to n → Failure value (1602–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Failure mode parameter (→  110), the Defined value option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter the value that the device uses if it does not receive an input
signal from the external device, or if the input signal is invalid.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

3.4.2 "Status input 1 to n" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Input → Status input 1 to n

‣ Status input 1 to n

Terminal no. (1358–1 to n) →  111

Assign [Link]. (1352–1 to n) →  112

[Link]. (1353–1 to n) →  112

Active level (1351–1 to n) →  113

Response time (1354–1 to n) →  113

Terminal no.

Navigation  Expert → Input → Status input 1 to n → Terminal no. (1358–1 to n)

Description Displays the terminal numbers used by the status input module.

User interface • Not used

• 24-25 (I/O 2)
• 22-23 (I/O 3)

Additional information "Not used" option

The status input module does not use any terminal numbers.

Endress+Hauser 111
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Assign [Link]. 

Navigation  Expert → Input → Status input 1 to n → Assign [Link]. (1352–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select the function for the status input.

Selection • Off
• Reset totaliz. 1
• Reset totaliz. 2
• Reset totaliz. 3
• Reset all tot.
• Flow override

Factory setting Off

Additional information Custody transfer mode

Only available for Promass F, O, Q and X.

NOTE!
Before enabling the measuring device for custody transfer mode, make sure that the Off
option is selected in the Assign [Link]..
For detailed information on custody transfer mode, see the Special Documentation for
the device →  7

Additional information Selection

• Off
The status input is switched off.
• Reset totaliz. 1…3
The individual totalizers are reset.
• Reset all tot.
All totalizers are reset.
• Flow override
The Flow override (→  82) is activated.
Note on the Flow override (→  82):
• The Flow override (→  82) is enabled as long as the level is at the status input
(continuous signal).
• All other assignments react to a change in level (pulse) at the status input.

[Link].

Navigation  Expert → Input → Status input 1 to n → [Link]. (1353–1 to n)

Description Displays the current input signal level.

User interface • High

• Low

112 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Active level 

Navigation  Expert → Input → Status input 1 to n → Active level (1351–1 to n)

Description Use this function to determine the input signal level at which the assigned function is
activated.

Selection • High
• Low

Factory setting High

Response time 

Navigation  Expert → Input → Status input 1 to n → Response time (1354–1 to n)

Description Use this function to enter the minimum time period for which the input signal level must
be present before the selected function is activated.

User entry 5 to 200 ms

Factory setting 50 ms

3.5 "Output" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Output

‣ Output

‣ [Link] 1 to n →  113

‣ PFS output 1 to n →  128

‣ Relay output 1 to n →  150

‣ Double pulse out →  156

3.5.1 "Current output 1 to n" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n

‣ [Link] 1 to n

Terminal no. (0379–1 to n) →  114

Endress+Hauser 113
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Signal mode (0377–1 to n) →  114

Assign curr. 1 to n (0359–1 to n) →  115

Current span (0353–1 to n) →  116

Fixed current (0365–1 to n) →  117

0/4 mA value (0367–1 to n) →  117

20 mA value (0372–1 to n) →  119

Measuring mode (0351–1 to n) →  120

Damping out. 1 to n (0363–1 to n) →  125

Response time (0378–1 to n) →  125

Failure mode (0364–1 to n) →  126

Failure current (0352–1 to n) →  127

Output curr. 1 to n (0361–1 to n) →  128

Measur. curr. 1 to n (0366–1 to n) →  128

Terminal no.

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → Terminal no. (0379–1 to n)

Description Displays the terminal numbers used by the current output module.

User interface • Not used

• 26-27 (I/O 1)
• 24-25 (I/O 2)
• 22-23 (I/O 3)

Additional information "Not used" option

The current output module does not use any terminal numbers.

Signal mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → Signal mode (0377–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select the signal mode for the current output.

114 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Selection • Passive
• Active

Factory setting Active

Assign curr. 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → Assign curr. 1 to n (0359–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select a process variable for the current output.
Detailed description of the options Oscil. frequency, Oscil. amplitude, Oscil.
damping and Signal asymmetry: Value 1 display parameter (→  18)

Selection • Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• Density
• [Link]
• [Link].
• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density
• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water vol. flow
• Oil [Link].
• Water [Link].
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1 *
• Osc. ampl. 0 *
• Osc. ampl. 1 *

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 115
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1 *
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1 *
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1 *
• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1 *
• HBSI *
• Pressure

Factory setting Mass flow

Current span 

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → Current span (0353–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select the current range for the process value output and the upper
and lower level for signal on alarm.

Selection • 4...20 mA NAMUR

• 4...20 mA US
• 4...20 mA
• 0...20 mA
• Fixed current

Factory setting Country-specific:

• 4...20 mA NAMUR
• 4...20 mA US

Additional information Description

• In the event of a device alarm, the current output adopts the value specified in the
Failure mode parameter (→  126).
• If the measured value is outside the measuring range, the diagnostic message
S441 [Link] 1 to n is displayed.
• The measuring range is specified via the 0/4 mA value parameter (→  117) and
20 mA value parameter (→  119).

"Fixed current" option

• This option is used for a HART Multidrop network.
• It can only be used for the 4…20 mA HART current output (current output 1).
• The current value is set via the Fixed current parameter (→  117).

Example
Shows the relationship between the current span for the output of the process variable and
the lower and upper alarm levels:

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

116 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

2 1 3

I [mA]
A0034351

1 Current span for process value

2 Lower level for signal on alarm
3 Upper level for signal on alarm

Selection

Options 1 2 3

4...20 mA NAMUR 3.8 to 20.5 mA < 3.6 mA > 21.95 mA

4...20 mA US 3.9 to 20.8 mA US < 3.6 mA > 21.95 mA

4...20 mA 4 to 20.5 mA < 3.6 mA > 21.95 mA

0...20 mA 0 to 20.5 mA < 0 mA > 21.95 mA

If the flow exceeds or falls below the upper or lower signal on alarm level, the
diagnostic message S441 [Link] 1 to n is displayed.

Fixed current 

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → Fixed current (0365–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Fixed current option is selected in the Current span parameter (→  116).

Description Use this function to enter a constant current value for the current output.

User entry 0 to 22.5 mA

Factory setting 22.5 mA

0/4 mA value 

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → 0/4 mA value (0367–1 to n)

Prerequisite One of the following options is selected in the Current span parameter (→  116):
• 4...20 mA NAMUR
• 4...20 mA US
• 4...20 mA
• 0...20 mA

Description Use this function to enter a value for the 0/4 mA current.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Endress+Hauser 117
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Factory setting Country-specific:

• 0 kg/h
• 0 lb/min

Additional information Description

Positive and negative values are permitted depending on the process variable assigned in
the Assign curr. parameter (→  115). In addition, the value can be greater than or
smaller than the value assigned for the 20 mA current in the 20 mA value parameter
(→  119).

Dependency
The unit depends on the process variable selected in the Assign curr. parameter
(→  115).

Current output behavior

The current output behaves differently depending on the settings configured in the
following parameters:
• Current span (→  116)
• Failure mode (→  126)

Configuration examples
Some examples of parameter settings and their effect on the current output are given in
the following section.
Configuration example A
Measuring mode with Forward flow option
• 0/4 mA value parameter (→  117) = not equal to zero flow (e.g. –250 m3/h)
• 20 mA value parameter (→  119) = not equal to zero flow (e.g. +750 m3/h)
• Calculated current value = 8 mA at zero flow

I [mA]
20
8
4
Q
-250 0 +750
1 1
A0013757

Q Flow
I Current
1 Measuring range is exceeded or undershot

The operational range of the measuring device is defined by the values entered for the 0/4
mA value parameter (→  117) and 20 mA value parameter (→  119). If the
effective flow exceeds or falls below this operational range, the diagnostic message
S441 [Link] 1 to n is displayed.
Configuration example B
Measuring mode with Forward/Reverse option

118 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

I [mA]

20

4
0 Q
0
3 1 2
A0013758

I Current
Q Flow
1 Value assigned to the 0/4 mA current
2 Forward flow
3 Reverse flow

The current output signal is independent of the direction of flow (absolute amount of the
measured variable). The values for the 0/4 mA value parameter (→  117) and 20 mA
value parameter (→  119) must have the same sign. The value for the 20 mA value
parameter (→  119) (e.g. reverse flow) corresponds to the mirrored value for the 20
mA value parameter (→  119) (e.g. forward flow).
Configuration example C
Measuring mode with Rev. flow comp. option
If flow is characterized by severe fluctuations (e.g. when using reciprocating pumps), flow
components outside the measuring range are buffered, balanced and output after a
maximum delay of 60 s →  120.

20 mA value 

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → 20 mA value (0372–1 to n)

Prerequisite One of the following options is selected in the Current span parameter (→  116):
• 4...20 mA NAMUR
• 4...20 mA US
• 4...20 mA
• 0...20 mA

Description Use this function to enter a value for the 20 mA current.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Depends on country and nominal diameter→  262

Additional information Description

Positive and negative values are permitted depending on the process variable assigned in
the Assign curr. parameter (→  115). In addition, the value can be greater than or

Endress+Hauser 119
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

smaller than the value assigned for the 0/4 mA current in the 0/4 mA value parameter
(→  117).

Dependency
The unit depends on the process variable selected in the Assign curr. parameter
(→  115).

Example
• Value assigned to 0/4 mA = –250 m3/h
• Value assigned to 20 mA = +750 m3/h
• Calculated current value = 8 mA (at zero flow)
If the Forward/Reverse option is selected in the Measuring mode parameter
(→  120), different signs cannot be entered for the values of the 0/4 mA value
parameter (→  117) and 20 mA value parameter (→  119). The diagnostic message
S441 [Link] 1 to n is displayed.

Configuration examples
Observe the configuration examples for the 0/4 mA value parameter (→  117).

Measuring mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → Measuring mode (0351–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Assign curr. parameter (→  115), one of the following options is selected:
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Density
• [Link]
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1 *
• Osc. ampl. 0 *
• Osc. ampl. 1 *
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1 *
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1 *
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1 *
• Signal asymmetry

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

120 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1 *
• HBSI *
Detailed description of the options Oscil. frequency, Oscil. amplitude, Oscil.
damping and Signal asymmetry: Value 1 display parameter (→  18)
In the Current span parameter (→  116), one of the following options is selected:
• 4...20 mA NAMUR
• 4...20 mA US
• 4...20 mA
• 0...20 mA

Description Use this function to select the measuring mode for the current output.

Selection • Forward flow

• Forward/Reverse
• Rev. flow comp.

Factory setting Forward flow

Additional information Description

The process variable that is assigned to the current output via the Assign curr.
parameter (→  115) is displayed below the parameter.

"Forward flow" option

The current output signal is proportional to the process variable assigned. The measuring
range is defined by the values that are assigned to the 0/4 mA and 20 mA current value.
The flow components outside the scaled measuring range are taken into account for signal
output as follows:
• Both values are defined such that they are not equal to zero flow e.g.:
– 0/4 mA current value = –5 m3/h
– 20 mA current value = 10 m3/h
• If the effective flow exceeds or falls below this measuring range, the diagnostic message
S441 [Link] 1 to n is displayed.

"Forward/Reverse" option

I [mA]

20

4
0 Q
0
3 1 2
A0013758

I Current
Q Flow
1 Value assigned to the 0/4 mA current
2 Forward flow
3 Reverse flow

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 121
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

• The current output signal is independent of the direction of flow (absolute amount of the
measured variable). The values for the 0/4 mA value parameter (→  117) and 20 mA
value parameter (→  119) must have the same sign.
• The value for the 20 mA value parameter (→  119) (e.g. reverse flow) corresponds to
the mirrored value for the 20 mA value parameter (→  119) (e.g. forward flow).

"Rev. flow comp." option

The Rev. flow comp. option is primarily used to compensate for abrupt reverse flow which
can occur in connection with positive displacement pumps as a result of wear or high
viscosity. The reverse flows are recorded in a buffer and balanced against forward flow the
next time flow is in the forward direction.
If buffering cannot be processed within approx. 60 s, the diagnostic message
S441 [Link] 1 to n is displayed.
Flow values can aggregate in the buffer in the event of prolonged and unwanted fluid
reverse flow. However, these flows are not taken into consideration by the current output
configuration, i.e. the reverse flow is not compensated.
If this option is set, the measuring device does not attenuate the flow signal. The flow
signal is not attenuated.

Examples of how the current output behaves

Example 1
Defined measuring range: lower range value and upper range value with the same sign

I [mA]

20

4
0 Q
1 2
A0028084

2 Measuring range
I Current
Q Flow
1 Lower range value (value assigned to 0/4 mA current)
2 Upper range value (value assigned to 20 mA current)

With the following flow response:

A0028091

3 Flow response
Q Flow
t Time

With Forward flow option

The current output signal is proportional to the process variable assigned. The flow
components outside the scaled measuring range are not taken into account for signal
output:.

122 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

I [mA]

t
A0028092

I Current
t Time

With Forward/Reverse option

The current output signal is independent of the direction of flow.

I [mA]

A0028093

I Current
t Time

With Rev. flow comp. option

Flow components outside the span are buffered, balanced and output after a maximum
delay of 60 s.

I [mA]

A
t
S
S=A
A0028094

I Current
t Time
S Flow components saved
A Balancing of saved flow components

Example 2
Defined measuring range: lower range value and upper range value with different signs

I [mA]

20

4
0 Q
0
1 2
A0028095

4 Measuring range
I Current
Q Flow
1 Lower range value (value assigned to 0/4 mA current)
2 Upper range value (value assigned to 20 mA current)

Endress+Hauser 123
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

With flow a (—) outside, b (- -) inside the measuring range

Q
1
+
0 t
-
2
a=
b=
A0028098

Q Flow
t Time
1 Lower range value (value assigned to 0/4 mA current)
2 Upper range value (value assigned to 20 mA current)

With Forward flow option

• a (—): The flow components outside the scaled measuring range cannot be taken into
account for signal output.
The diagnostic message S441 [Link] 1 to n is displayed.
• b (- -): The current output signal is proportional to the process variable assigned.

I [mA]

t
a=
b=
A0028100

I Current
t Time

With Forward/Reverse option

This option is not possible in this case as the values for the 0/4 mA value parameter
(→  117) and 20 mA value parameter (→  119) have different signs.
With Rev. flow comp. option
Flow components outside the span are buffered, balanced and output after a maximum
delay of 60 s.

I [mA]

t
S
S=A
A0028101

I Current
t Time
S Flow components saved
A Balancing of saved flow components

124 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Damping out. 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → Damping out. 1 to n (0363–1 to n)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign curr. parameter (→  115) and one of the
following options is selected in the Current span parameter (→  116):
• 4...20 mA NAMUR
• 4...20 mA US
• 4...20 mA
• 0...20 mA

Description Use this function to enter a time constant for the reaction time of the current output signal
to fluctuations in the measured value caused by process conditions.

User entry 0.0 to 999.9 s

Factory setting 1.0 s

Additional information User entry

Use this function to enter a time constant (PT1 element 6)) for current output damping:
• If a low time constant is entered, the current output reacts particularly quickly to
fluctuating measured variables.
• On the other hand, the current output reacts more slowly if a high time constant is
entered.
Damping is switched off if 0 is entered (factory setting).

Response time

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → Response time (0378–1 to n)

Prerequisite One of the following options is selected in the Assign curr. parameter (→  115):
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Density
• [Link]
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1 *

6) proportional transmission behavior with first order delay

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 125
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

• Osc. ampl. 0 *
• Osc. ampl. 1 *
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1 *
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1 *
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1 *
• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1 *
• HBSI *
Detailed description of the options Oscil. frequency, Oscil. amplitude, Oscil.
damping and Signal asymmetry: Value 1 display parameter (→  18)
One of the following options is selected in the Current span parameter (→  116):
• 4...20 mA NAMUR
• 4...20 mA US
• 4...20 mA
• 0...20 mA

Description Displays the response time. This specifies how quickly the current output reaches the
measured value change of 63 % of 100 % of the measured value change.

User interface Positive floating-point number

Additional information Description

The response time is made up of the time specified for the following dampings:
• Current output damping →  125
and
• Depending on the measured variable assigned to the output.
– Flow damping
or
– Density damping
or
– Temperature damping

Failure mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → Failure mode (0364–1 to n)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign curr. parameter (→  115) and one of the
following options is selected in the Current span parameter (→  116):
• 4...20 mA NAMUR
• 4...20 mA US
• 4...20 mA
• 0...20 mA

Description Use this function to select the value of the current output in the event of a device alarm.

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

126 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Selection • Min.
• Max.
• Last valid value
• Actual value
• Defined value

Factory setting Max.

Additional information Description

This setting does not affect the failsafe mode of other outputs and totalizers. This is
specified in separate parameters.

"Min." option
The current output adopts the value of the lower level for signal on alarm.
The signal on alarm level is defined via the Current span parameter (→  116).

"Max." option
The current output adopts the value of the upper level for signal on alarm.
The signal on alarm level is defined via the Current span parameter (→  116).

"Last valid value" option

The current output adopts the last measured value that was valid before the device alarm
occurred.

"Actual value" option

The current output adopts the measured value on the basis of the current flow
measurement; the device alarm is ignored.

"Defined value" option

The current output adopts a defined measured value.
The measured value is defined via the Failure current parameter (→  127).

Failure current 

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → Failure current (0352–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Defined value option is selected in the Failure mode parameter (→  126).

Description Use this function to enter a fixed value that the current output adopts in the event of a
device alarm.

User entry 0 to 22.5 mA

Factory setting 22.5 mA

Endress+Hauser 127
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Output curr. 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → Output curr. 1 to n (0361–1 to n)

Description Displays the current value currently calculated for the current output.

User interface 3.59 to 22.5 mA

Measur. curr. 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Output → [Link] 1 to n → Measur. curr. 1 to n (0366–1 to n)

Description Use this function to display the actual measured value of the output current.

User interface 0 to 30 mA

3.5.2 "Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n

‣ PFS output 1 to n

Terminal no. (0492–1 to n) →  129

Signal mode (0490–1 to n) →  130

Operating mode (0469–1 to n) →  130

Assign pulse 1 to n (0460–1 to n) →  132

Value per pulse (0455–1 to n) →  132

Pulse width (0452–1 to n) →  133

Measuring mode (0457–1 to n) →  134

Failure mode (0480–1 to n) →  134

Pulse output 1 to n (0456–1 to n) →  135

Assign freq. (0478–1 to n) →  136

Min. freq. value (0453–1 to n) →  137

128 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Max. freq. value (0454–1 to n) →  137

Val. at [Link] (0476–1 to n) →  137

Val. at [Link] (0475–1 to n) →  138

Measuring mode (0479–1 to n) →  138

Damping out. 1 to n (0477–1 to n) →  139

Response time (0491–1 to n) →  140

Failure mode (0451–1 to n) →  141

Failure freq. (0474–1 to n) →  142

Output freq. 1 to n (0471–1 to n) →  142

Switch out funct (0481–1 to n) →  143

Assign diag. beh (0482–1 to n) →  143

Assign limit (0483–1 to n) →  144

Switch-on value (0466–1 to n) →  146

Switch-off value (0464–1 to n) →  146

Assign [Link] (0484–1 to n) →  147

Assign status (0485–1 to n) →  147

Switch-on delay (0467–1 to n) →  148

Switch-off delay (0465–1 to n) →  148

Failure mode (0486–1 to n) →  148

Switch status 1 to n (0461–1 to n) →  149

Invert [Link]. (0470–1 to n) →  149

Terminal no.

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Terminal no. (0492–1 to n)

Description Displays the terminal numbers used by the pulse/frequency/switch output module.

Endress+Hauser 129
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

User interface • Not used

• 24-25 (I/O 2)
• 22-23 (I/O 3)

Additional information "Not used" option

The pulse/frequency/switch output module does not use any terminal numbers.

Signal mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Signal mode (0490–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select the signal mode for the pulse/frequency/switch output.

Selection • Passive
• Active

Factory setting Passive

Operating mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Operating mode (0469–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select the operating mode of the output as a pulse, frequency or switch
output.

Selection • Pulse
• Frequency
• Switch

Factory setting Pulse

Additional information "Pulse" option

Quantity-dependent pulse with configurable pulse width
• Whenever a specific mass, volume, corrected volume, target mass or carrier mass is
reached (pulse value), a pulse is output, the duration of which was set previously (pulse
width).
• The pulses are never shorter than the set duration.
Example
• Flow rate approx. 100 g/s
• Pulse value 0.1 g
• Pulse width 0.05 ms
• Pulse rate 1 000 Impuls/s

130 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

U[V] B<P
B
24

0 t
P
A0026883

5 Quantity-proportional pulse (pulse value) with pulse width to be configured

B Pulse width entered
P Pauses between the individual pulses

"Frequency" option
Flow-proportional frequency output with 1:1 on/off ratio
An output frequency is output that is proportional to the value of a process variable, such
as mass flow, volume flow, corrected volume flow, target mass flow, carrier mass flow,
density, reference density, concentration, dynamic viscosity, kinematic viscosity,
temperature-compensated dynamic viscosity, temperature-compensated kinematic
viscosity, temperature, carrier tube temperature, electronic temperature, vibration
frequency, frequency fluctuation, oscillation amplitude, oscillation damping, oscillation
damping fluctuation, signal asymmetry or excitation current.
Example
• Flow rate approx. 100 g/s
• Max. frequency 10 kHz
• Flow rate at max. frequency 1 000 g/s
• Output frequency approx. 1 000 Hz

U[V]

24

0 t
A0026886

6 Flow-proportional frequency output

"Switch" option
Contact for displaying a condition (e.g. alarm or warning if a limit value is reached)
Example
Alarm response without alarm

U[V]

24

0 t
A0026884

7 No alarm, high level

Example
Alarm response in case of alarm

Endress+Hauser 131
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

U[V]
24

0 t
A0026885

8 Alarm, low level

Assign pulse 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Assign pulse 1 to n (0460–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Pulse option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) parameter.

Description Use this function to select the process variable for the pulse output.

Selection • Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Target vol. flow *
• Carrier vol. fl. *
• [Link] *
• [Link] *
• GSV flow *
• GSVa *
• NSV flow *
• NSVa *
• S&W volume flow *
• Oil mass flow *
• Water mass flow *
• Oil volume flow *
• Water vol. flow *
• Oil [Link]. *
• Water [Link]. *

Factory setting Off

Value per pulse 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Value per pulse (0455–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Pulse option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) and a process
variable is selected in the Assign pulse parameter (→  132).

Description Use this function to enter the value for the measured value that a pulse is equivalent to.

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

132 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Depends on country and nominal diameter→  263

Additional information User entry

Weighting of the pulse output with a quantity.
The lower the pulse value, the
• better the resolution.
• the higher the frequency of the pulse response.

Pulse width 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Pulse width (0452–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Pulse option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) and a process
variable is selected in the Assign pulse parameter (→  132).

Description Use this function to enter the duration of the output pulse.

User entry 0.05 to 2 000 ms

Factory setting 100 ms

Additional information Description

• Define how long a pulse is (duration).
• The maximum pulse rate is defined by fmax = 1 / (2 × pulse width).
• The interval between two pulses lasts at least as long as the set pulse width.
• The maximum flow is defined by Qmax = fmax × pulse value.
• If the flow exceeds these limit values, the measuring device displays the diagnostic
message S443 Pulse output 1 to n.

U[V] B<P U[V] B=P

B B

t t
P P
A0026882

B Pulse width entered

P Pauses between the individual pulses

Example
• Pulse value: 0.1 g
• Pulse width: 0.1 ms
• fmax: 1 / (2 × 0.1 ms) = 5 kHz
• Qmax: 5 kHz × 0.1 g = 0.5 kg/s

Endress+Hauser 133
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Measuring mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Measuring mode (0457–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Operating mode parameter (→  130), the Pulse option is selected, and one of
the following options is selected in the Assign pulse parameter (→  132):
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *

Description Use this function to select the measuring mode for the pulse output.

Selection • Forward flow

• Forward/Reverse
• Reverse flow
• Rev. flow comp.

Factory setting Forward flow

Additional information Selection

• Forward flow
Positive flow is output, negative flow is not output.
• Forward/Reverse
Positive and negative flow are output (absolute value), but a distinction is not made
between positive and negative flow.
• Reverse flow
Negative flow is output, positive flow is not output.
• Rev. flow comp.
The flow components outside the span are buffered, balanced and output after a
maximum delay of 60 s.
For a detailed description of the options available, see the Measuring mode
parameter (→  120)

Examples
For a detailed description of the configuration examples, see the Measuring mode
parameter (→  120)

Failure mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Failure mode (0480–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Pulse option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) and a process
variable is selected in the Assign pulse parameter (→  132).

Description Use this function to select the failure mode of the pulse output in the event of a device
alarm.

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

134 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Selection • Actual value

• No pulses

Factory setting No pulses

Additional information Description

The dictates of safety render it advisable to ensure that the pulse output shows a
predefined behavior in the event of a device alarm.

Selection
• Actual value
In the event of a device alarm, the pulse output continues on the basis of the current
flow measurement. The fault is ignored.
• No pulses
In the event of a device alarm, the pulse output is "switched off".
NOTICE! A device alarm is a measuring device error that must be taken seriously. It can
affect the measurement quality such that the quality can no longer be guaranteed. The
Actual value option is only recommended if it can be guaranteed that all possible alarm
conditions will not affect the measurement quality.

Pulse output 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Pulse output 1 to n (0456–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Pulse option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) parameter.

Description Displays the pulse frequency currently output.

User interface Positive floating-point number

Additional information Description

• The pulse output is an open collector output.
• This is configured at the factory in such a way that the transistor is conductive for the
duration of the pulse (NO contact) and is safety-oriented.

1 1

0 t 0 t
NC NO
A0028726

0 Non-conductive
1 Conductive
NC NC contact (normally closed)
NO NO contact (normally open)

The output behavior can be reversed via the Invert [Link]. parameter (→  149) i.e.
the transistor does not conduct for the duration of the pulse.
In addition, the behavior of the output in the event of a device alarm (Failure mode
parameter (→  134)) can be configured.

Endress+Hauser 135
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Assign freq. 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Assign freq. (0478–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Frequency option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130)
parameter.

Description Use this function to select the process variable for the frequency output.
Detailed description of the options Oscil. frequency, Oscil. amplitude, Oscil.
damping and Signal asymmetry: Value 1 display parameter (→  18)

Selection • Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• Density
• [Link]
• [Link].
• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density
• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water vol. flow
• Oil [Link].
• Water [Link].
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1 *
• Osc. ampl. 0 *
• Osc. ampl. 1 *
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1 *
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1 *

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

136 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1 *
• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1 *
• HBSI
• Pressure

Factory setting Off

Min. freq. value 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Min. freq. value (0453–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Frequency option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) and a
process variable is selected in the Assign freq. parameter (→  136).

Description Use this function to enter the start value frequency.

User entry 0.0 to 10 000.0 Hz

Factory setting 0.0 Hz

Max. freq. value 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Max. freq. value (0454–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Frequency option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) and a
process variable is selected in the Assign freq. parameter (→  136).

Description Use this function to enter the end value frequency.

User entry 0.0 to 10 000.0 Hz

Factory setting 10 000.0 Hz

Val. at [Link] 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Val. at [Link] (0476–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Frequency option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) and a
process variable is selected in the Assign freq. parameter (→  136).

Description Use this function to enter the measured value for the start value frequency.

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 137
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Depends on country and nominal diameter

Additional information Dependency

The entry depends on the process variable selected in the Assign freq. parameter
(→  136).

Val. at [Link] 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Val. at [Link] (0475–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Frequency option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) and a
process variable is selected in the Assign freq. parameter (→  136).

Description Use this function to enter the measured value for the end value frequency.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Depends on country and nominal diameter

Additional information Description

Use this function to enter the maximum measured value at the maximum frequency. The
selected process variable is output as a proportional frequency.

Dependency
The entry depends on the process variable selected in the Assign freq. parameter
(→  136).

Measuring mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Measuring mode (0479–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Operating mode parameter (→  130), the Frequency option is selected, and one
of the following options is selected in the Assign freq. parameter (→  136):
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Density
• [Link]
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

138 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1 *
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1 *
• Osc. ampl. 0 *
• Osc. ampl. 1 *
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1 *
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1 *
• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1 *
Detailed description of the options Oscil. frequency, Oscil. amplitude, Oscil.
damping and Signal asymmetry: Value 1 display parameter (→  18)

Description Use this function to select the measuring mode for the frequency output.

Selection • Forward flow

• Forward/Reverse
• Rev. flow comp.

Factory setting Forward flow

Additional information Selection

For a detailed description of the options available, see the Measuring mode
parameter (→  120)

Examples
For a detailed description of the configuration examples, see the Measuring mode
parameter (→  120)

Damping out. 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Damping out. 1 to n (0477–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Operating mode parameter (→  130), the Frequency option is selected, and one
of the following options is selected in the Assign freq. parameter (→  136):
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Density
• [Link]
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 139
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1 *
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1 *
• Osc. ampl. 0 *
• Osc. ampl. 1 *
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1 *
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1 *
• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1 *
Detailed description of the options Oscil. frequency, Oscil. amplitude, Oscil.
damping and Signal asymmetry: Value 1 display parameter (→  18)

Description Use this function to enter a time constant for the reaction time of the output signal to
fluctuations in the measured value.

User entry 0 to 999.9 s

Factory setting 0.0 s

Additional information User entry

Use this function to enter a time constant (PT1 element 7)) for frequency output damping:
• If a low time constant is entered, the current output reacts particularly quickly to
fluctuating measured variables.
• On the other hand, the current output reacts more slowly if a high time constant is
entered.
Damping is switched off if 0 is entered (factory setting).

The frequency output is subject to separate damping that is independent of all preceding
time constants.

Response time

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Response time (0491–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Operating mode parameter (→  130), the Frequency option is selected, and one
of the following options is selected in the Assign freq. parameter (→  136):
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

7) proportional transmission behavior with first order delay

140 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

• Density
• [Link]
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1 *
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1 *
• Osc. ampl. 0 *
• Osc. ampl. 1 *
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1 *
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1 *
• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1 *
Detailed description of the options Oscil. frequency, Oscil. amplitude, Oscil.
damping and Signal asymmetry: Value 1 display parameter (→  18)

Description Displays the response time. This specifies how quickly the pulse/frequency/switch output
reaches the measured value change of 63 % of 100 % of the measured value change.

User interface Positive floating-point number

Additional information Description

The response time is made up of the time specified for the following dampings:
• Damping of pulse/frequency/switch output →  125
and
• Depending on the measured variable assigned to the output.
– Flow damping
or
– Density damping
or
– Temperature damping

Failure mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Failure mode (0451–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Frequency option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) and a
process variable is selected in the Assign freq. parameter (→  136).

Description Use this function to select the failure mode of the frequency output in the event of a device
alarm.

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 141
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Selection • Actual value

• Defined value
• 0 Hz

Factory setting 0 Hz

Additional information Selection

• Actual value
In the event of a device alarm, the frequency output continues on the basis of the current
flow measurement. The device alarm is ignored.
• Defined value
In the event of a device alarm, the frequency output continues on the basis of a
predefined value. The Failure freq. (→  142) replaces the current measured value,
making it possible to bypass the device alarm. The actual measurement is switched off
for the duration of the device alarm.
• 0 Hz
In the event of a device alarm, the frequency output is "switched off".
NOTICE! A device alarm is a measuring device error that must be taken seriously. It can
affect the measurement quality such that the quality can no longer be guaranteed. The
Actual value option is only recommended if it can be guaranteed that all possible alarm
conditions will not affect the measurement quality.

Failure freq. 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Failure freq. (0474–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Frequency option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) and a
process variable is selected in the Assign freq. parameter (→  136).

Description Use this function to enter the value for the frequency output in the event of a device alarm
in order to bypass the alarm.

User entry 0.0 to 12 500.0 Hz

Factory setting 0.0 Hz

Output freq. 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Output freq. 1 to n (0471–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Operating mode parameter (→  130), the Frequency option is selected.

Description Displays the actual value of the output frequency which is currently measured.

User interface 0.0 to 12 500.0 Hz

142 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Switch out funct 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Switch out funct (0481–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Switch option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130).

Description Use this function to select a function for the switch output.

Selection • Off
• On
• Diag. behavior
• Limit
• Fl. [Link]
• Status

Factory setting Off

Additional information Selection

• Off
The switch output is permanently switched off (open, non-conductive).
• On
The switch output is permanently switched on (closed, conductive).
• Diag. behavior
Indicates if the diagnostic event is present or not. Is used to output diagnostic
information and to react to it appropriately at the system level.
• Limit
Indicates if a specified limit value has been reached for the process variable. Is used to
output diagnostic information relating to the process and to react to it appropriately at
the system level.
• Fl. [Link]
Indicates the flow direction (forward or reverse flow).
• Status
Indicates the device status depending on whether empty pipe detection or low flow cut
off is selected.

Assign diag. beh 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Assign diag. beh (0482–1 to n)

Prerequisite • In the Operating mode parameter (→  130), the Switch option is selected.
• In the Switch out funct parameter (→  143), the Diag. behavior option is selected.

Description Use this function to select the diagnostic event category that is displayed for the switch
output.

Selection • Alarm
• Alarm or warning
• Warning

Factory setting Alarm

Endress+Hauser 143
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Description

If no diagnostic event is pending, the switch output is closed and conductive.

Selection
• Alarm
The switch output signals only diagnostic events in the alarm category.
• Alarm or warning
The switch output signals diagnostic events in the alarm and warning category.
• Warning
The switch output signals only diagnostic events in the warning category.

Assign limit 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Assign limit (0483–1 to n)

Prerequisite • The Switch option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130) parameter.
• The Limit option is selected in the Switch out funct parameter (→  143) parameter.

Description Use this function to select a process variable for the limit function.

Selection • Mass flow

• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• Density
• [Link]
• [Link].
• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density
• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water vol. flow
• Oil [Link].
• Water [Link].
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Concentration *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

144 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

• Temperature
• Totalizer 1
• Totalizer 2
• Totalizer 3
• Oscil. damping
• Pressure

Factory setting Mass flow

Additional information Description

Behavior of status output when Switch-on value > Switch-off value:
• Process variable > Switch-on value: transistor is conductive
• Process variable < Switch-off value: transistor is non-conductive

A
1

2
t

3
4 t
A0026891

1 Switch-on value
2 Switch-off value
3 Conductive
4 Non-conductive
A Process variable
B Status output

Behavior of status output when Switch-on value < Switch-off value:

• Process variable < Switch-on value: transistor is conductive
• Process variable > Switch-off value: transistor is non-conductive

A
1

2
t

3
4 t
A0026892

1 Switch-off value
2 Switch-on value
3 Conductive
4 Non-conductive
A Process variable
B Status output

Behavior of status output when Switch-on value = Switch-off value:

• Process variable > Switch-on value: transistor is conductive
• Process variable < Switch-off value: transistor is non-conductive

Endress+Hauser 145
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

2
3 t
A0026893

1 Switch-on value = Switch-off value

2 Conductive
3 Non-conductive
A Process variable
B Status output

Switch-on value 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Switch-on value (0466–1 to n)

Prerequisite • In the Operating mode parameter (→  130), the Switch option is selected.
• In the Switch out funct parameter (→  143), the Limit option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter the measured value for the switch-on point.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Country-specific:

• 0 kg/h
• 0 lb/min

Additional information Description

Use this function to enter the limit value for the switch-on value (process variable >
switch-on value = closed, conductive).
When using a hysteresis: Switch-on value > Switch-off value.

Dependency
The unit depends on the process variable selected in the Assign limit parameter
(→  144).

Switch-off value 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Switch-off value (0464–1 to n)

Prerequisite • In the Operating mode parameter (→  130), the Switch option is selected.
• In the Switch out funct parameter (→  143), the Limit option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter the measured value for the switch-off point.

146 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Country-specific:

• 0 kg/h
• 0 lb/min

Additional information Description

Use this function to enter the limit value for the switch-off value (process variable <
switch-off value = open, non-conductive).
When using a hysteresis: Switch-on value > Switch-off value.

Dependency
The unit depends on the process variable selected in the Assign limit parameter
(→  144).

Assign [Link] 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Assign [Link] (0484–1 to n)

Prerequisite • The Switch option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130).
• The Fl. [Link] option is selected in the Switch out funct parameter (→  143).

Description Use this function to select a process variable for monitoring the flow direction.

Selection • Off
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• [Link]

Factory setting Mass flow

Assign status 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Assign status (0485–1 to n)

Prerequisite • The Switch option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130).
• The Status option is selected in the Switch out funct parameter (→  143).

Description Use this function to select a device status for the switch output.

Selection • Partial pipe det

• Low flow cut off

Factory setting Partial pipe det

Additional information Options

If empty pipe detection or low flow cut off are enabled, the output is conductive.
Otherwise, the switch output is non-conductive.

Endress+Hauser 147
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Switch-on delay 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Switch-on delay (0467–1 to n)

Prerequisite • The Switch option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130).
• The Limit option is selected in the Switch out funct parameter (→  143).

Description Use this function to enter a delay time for switching on the switch output.

User entry 0.0 to 100.0 s

Factory setting 0.0 s

Switch-off delay 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Switch-off delay (0465–1 to n)

Prerequisite • The Switch option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130).
• The Limit option is selected in the Switch out funct parameter (→  143).

Description Use this function to enter a delay time for switching off the switch output.

User entry 0.0 to 100.0 s

Factory setting 0.0 s

Failure mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Failure mode (0486–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select a failsafe mode for the switch output in the event of a device
alarm.

Selection • Actual status

• Open
• Closed

Factory setting Open

Additional information Options

• Actual status
In the event of a device alarm, faults are ignored and the current behavior of the input
value is output by the switch output. The Actual status option behaves in the same way
as the current input value.
• Open
In the event of a device alarm, the switch output's transistor is set to non-conductive.
• Closed
In the event of a device alarm, the switch output's transistor is set to conductive.

148 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Switch status 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Switch status 1 to n (0461–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Switch option is selected in the Operating mode parameter (→  130).

Description Displays the current switch status of the status output.

User interface • Open

• Closed

Additional information User interface

• Open
The switch output is not conductive.
• Closed
The switch output is conductive.

Invert [Link]. 

Navigation  Expert → Output → PFS output 1 to n → Invert [Link]. (0470–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select whether to invert the output signal.

Selection • No
• Yes

Factory setting No

Additional information Selection

No option (passive - negative)

0
A0026693

Yes option (passive - positive)

0
A0026692

Endress+Hauser 149
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

3.5.3 "Relay output 1 to n" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n

‣ Relay output 1 to n

Terminal no. →  150

Relay [Link]. →  151

Assign [Link] →  151

Assign limit →  152

Assign diag. beh →  153

Assign status →  153

Switch-off value →  153

Switch-off delay →  154

Switch-on value →  154

Switch-on delay →  155

Failure mode →  155

Switch status →  156

Powerless relay →  156

Terminal no.

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Terminal no. (0812–1 to n)

Description Displays the terminal numbers used by the relay output module.

User interface • Not used

• 24-25 (I/O 2)
• 22-23 (I/O 3)

Additional information "Not used" option

The relay output module does not use any terminal numbers.

150 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Relay [Link]. 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Relay [Link]. (0804–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select an output function for the relay output.

Selection • Closed
• Open
• Diag. behavior
• Limit
• Fl. [Link]
• Digital Output

Factory setting Closed

Additional information Selection

• Closed
The relay output is permanently switched on (closed, conductive).
• Open
The relay output is permanently switched off (open, non-conductive).
• Diag. behavior
Indicates if the diagnostic event is present or not. Is used to output diagnostic
information and to react to it appropriately at the system level.
• Limit
Indicates if a specified limit value has been reached for the process variable. Is used to
output diagnostic information relating to the process and to react to it appropriately at
the system level.
• Fl. [Link]
Indicates the flow direction (forward or reverse flow).
• Digital Output
Indicates the device status depending on whether empty pipe detection or low flow cut
off is selected.

Assign [Link] 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Assign [Link] (0808–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Relay [Link]. parameter (→  151), the Fl. [Link] option is selected.

Description Use this function to select a process variable for monitoring the flow direction.

Selection • Off
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• [Link]

Factory setting Mass flow

Endress+Hauser 151
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Assign limit 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Assign limit (0807–1 to n)

Prerequisite The Limit option is selected in the Relay [Link]. parameter (→  151) parameter.

Description Use this function to select a process variable for the limit value function.

Selection • Mass flow

• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• Density
• [Link]
• [Link].
• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density
• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water vol. flow
• Oil [Link].
• Water [Link].
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Concentration *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Totalizer 1
• Totalizer 2
• Totalizer 3
• Oscil. damping
• Pressure

Factory setting Mass flow

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

152 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Assign diag. beh 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Assign diag. beh (0806–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Relay [Link]. parameter (→  151), the Diag. behavior option is selected.

Description Use this function to select the category of the diagnostic events that are displayed for the
relay output.

Selection • Alarm
• Alarm or warning
• Warning

Factory setting Alarm

Additional information Description

If no diagnostic event is pending, the relay output is closed and conductive.

Selection
• Alarm
The relay output signals only diagnostic events in the alarm category.
• Alarm or warning
The relay output signals diagnostic events in the alarm and warning category.
• Warning
The relay output signals only diagnostic events in the warning category.

Assign status 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Assign status (0805–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Relay [Link]. parameter (→  151), the Digital Output option is selected.

Description Use this function to select the device status for the relay output.

Selection • Partial pipe det

• Low flow cut off

Factory setting Partial pipe det

Switch-off value 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Switch-off value (0809–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Relay [Link]. parameter (→  151), the Limit option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter the measured value for the switch-off point.

Endress+Hauser 153
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Country-specific:

• 0 kg/h
• 0 lb/min

Additional information Description

Use this function to enter the limit value for the switch-off value (process variable <
switch-off value = open, non-conductive).
When using a hysteresis: Switch-on value > Switch-off value.

Dependency
The unit is dependent on the process variable selected in the Assign limit parameter
(→  152).

Switch-off delay 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Switch-off delay (0813–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Relay [Link]. parameter (→  151), the Limit option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter a delay time for switching off the switch output.

User entry 0.0 to 100.0 s

Factory setting 0.0 s

Switch-on value 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Switch-on value (0810–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Relay [Link]. parameter (→  151), the Limit option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter the measured value for the switch-on point.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Country-specific:

• 0 kg/h
• 0 lb/min

154 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information Description

Use this function to enter the limit value for the switch-on value (process variable >
switch-on value = closed, conductive).
When using a hysteresis: Switch-on value > Switch-off value.

Dependency
The unit is dependent on the process variable selected in the Assign limit parameter
(→  152).

Switch-on delay 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Switch-on delay (0814–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Relay [Link]. parameter (→  151), the Limit option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter a delay time for switching on the switch output.

User entry 0.0 to 100.0 s

Factory setting 0.0 s

Failure mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Failure mode (0811–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select the failure mode of the relay output in the event of a device
alarm.

Selection • Actual status

• Open
• Closed

Factory setting Open

Additional information Selection

• Actual status
In the event of a device alarm, faults are ignored and the current behavior of the input
value is output by the relay output. The Actual status option behaves in the same way as
the current input value.
• Open
In the event of a device alarm, the relay output's transistor is set to non-conductive.
• Closed
In the event of a device alarm, the relay output's transistor is set to conductive.

Endress+Hauser 155
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Switch status

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Switch status (0801–1 to n)

Description Displays the current status of the relay output.

User interface • Open

• Closed

Additional information User interface

• Open
The relay output is not conductive.
• Closed
The relay output is conductive.

Powerless relay 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Relay output 1 to n → Powerless relay (0816–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select the quiescent state for the relay output.

Selection • Open
• Closed

Factory setting Open

Additional information Selection

• Open
The relay output is not conductive.
• Closed
The relay output is conductive.

3.5.4 "Double pulse output" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Output → Double pulse out

‣ Double pulse out

Master term. no. (0981) →  157

Slave term. no. (0990) →  157

Signal mode (0991) →  158

Assign pulse 1 (0982–1) →  158

156 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Value per pulse (0983) →  158

Pulse width (0986) →  159

Phase shift (0992) →  159

Measuring mode (0984) →  159

Failure mode (0985) →  160

Pulse output (0987) →  161

Invert [Link]. (0993) →  161

Master term. no.

Navigation  Expert → Output → Double pulse out → Master term. no. (0981)

Description Displays the master terminal number for the double pulse output.

User interface • Not used

• 24-25 (I/O 2)
• 22-23 (I/O 3)

Additional information "Not used" option

The double pulse output does not use any terminal numbers.

Slave term. no.

Navigation  Expert → Output → Double pulse out → Slave term. no. (0990)

Description Displays the slave terminal number for the double pulse output.

User interface • Not used

• 24-25 (I/O 2)
• 22-23 (I/O 3)

Additional information "Not used" option

The double pulse output does not use any terminal numbers.

Endress+Hauser 157
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Signal mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Double pulse out → Signal mode (0991)

Description Use this function to select the signal mode for the double pulse output.

Selection • Passive
• Active
• Passive NAMUR

Factory setting Passive

Assign pulse 1 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Double pulse out → Assign pulse 1 (0982–1)

Description Use this function to select a process variable for the double pulse output.

Selection • Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Target vol. flow *
• Carrier vol. fl. *
• [Link] *
• [Link] *
• GSV flow *
• GSVa *
• NSV flow *
• NSVa *
• S&W volume flow *
• Oil mass flow *
• Water mass flow *
• Oil volume flow *
• Water vol. flow *
• Oil [Link]. *
• Water [Link]. *

Factory setting Off

Value per pulse 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Double pulse out → Value per pulse (0983)

Description Use this function to enter the value for the measured value that a pulse is equivalent to.

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

158 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Depends on country and nominal diameter →  263

Additional information User entry

Weighting of the pulse output with a quantity.
The lower the pulse value, the
• better the resolution.
• the higher the frequency of the pulse response.

Pulse width 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Double pulse out → Pulse width (0986)

Description Use this function to enter the duration of the output pulse.

User entry 0.5 to 2 000 ms

Factory setting 0.5 ms

Additional information For a detailed description and example: Pulse width parameter (→  133)

Phase shift 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Double pulse out → Phase shift (0992)

Description Use this function to select the degree of phase shift.

Selection • 90°
• 180°

Factory setting 90°

Additional information Selection

• 90°
Phase shift by a quarter period.
• 180°
Phase shift by a half period, which is equivalent to a phase reversal.

Measuring mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Double pulse out → Measuring mode (0984)

Description Use this function to select the measuring mode for the double pulse output.

Endress+Hauser 159
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Selection • Forward flow

• Forward/Reverse
• Reverse flow
• Rev. flow comp.

Factory setting Forward flow

Additional information Selection

• Forward flow
Positive flow is output, negative flow is not output.
• Forward/Reverse
Positive and negative flow are output (absolute value), but a distinction is not made
between positive and negative flow.
• Reverse flow
Negative flow is output, positive flow is not output.
• Rev. flow comp.
The flow components outside the span are buffered, balanced and output after a
maximum delay of 60 s.
For a detailed description of the options available, see the Measuring mode
parameter (→  120)

Examples
For a detailed description of the configuration examples, see the Measuring mode
parameter (→  120)

Failure mode 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Double pulse out → Failure mode (0985)

Description Use this function to select the failure mode of the double pulse output in the event of a
device alarm.

Selection • Actual value

• No pulses

Factory setting No pulses

Additional information Description

The dictates of safety render it advisable to ensure that the double pulse output shows a
predefined behavior in the event of a device alarm.

Selection
• Actual value
In the event of a device alarm, the double pulse output continues on the basis of the
current flow measurement. The fault is ignored.
• No pulses
In the event of a device alarm, the double pulse output is "switched off".
NOTICE! A device alarm is a measuring device error that must be taken seriously. It can
affect the measurement quality such that the quality can no longer be guaranteed. The
Actual value option is only recommended if it can be guaranteed that all possible alarm
conditions will not affect the measurement quality.

160 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Pulse output

Navigation  Expert → Output → Double pulse out → Pulse output (0987)

Description Displays the pulse frequency of the double pulse output which is currently output.

User interface Positive floating-point number

Additional information For a detailed description and example: Pulse output parameter (→  61)

Invert [Link]. 

Navigation  Expert → Output → Double pulse out → Invert [Link]. (0993)

Description Use this function to select whether to invert the output signal.

Selection • No
• Yes

Factory setting No

Additional information Selection

No option (passive - negative)

0
A0026693

Yes option (passive - positive)

0
A0026692

3.6 "Communication" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Communication

‣ Communication

‣ HART input →  162

Endress+Hauser 161
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

‣ HART output →  167

‣ Web server →  187

‣ WLAN settings →  190

‣ OPC-UA config. →  196

‣ Diag. config. →  197

3.6.1 "HART input" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input

‣ HART input

‣ Configuration →  162

‣ Input →  167

"Configuration" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Configuration

‣ Configuration

Capture mode (7001) →  163

Device ID (7007) →  163

Device type (7008) →  163

Manufacturer ID (7009) →  164

Burst command (7006) →  164

Slot number (7010) →  165

Timeout (7005) →  165

Failure mode (7011) →  166

Failure value (7012) →  166

162 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Capture mode 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Configuration → Capture mode (7001)

Description Use this function to select the capture mode via burst or master communication.

Selection • Off
• Burst network
• Master network

Factory setting Off

Additional information "Burst network" option

The device records data transmitted via burst in the network.
An external pressure sensor must be in the burst mode.

"Master network" option

In this case, the device must be located in a HART network in which a HART master
(control) queries the measured values of the up to 64 network participants. The device
reacts only to the responses of a specific device in the network. Device ID,device type,
manufacturer ID and the HART commands used by the master must be defined.

Device ID 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Configuration → Device ID (7007)

Prerequisite The Master network option is selected in the Capture mode parameter (→  163).

Description Use this function to enter the device ID of the HART slave device whose data are to be
recorded.

User entry 6-digit value:

• Via local operation: enter as hexadecimal or decimal number
• Via operating tool: enter as decimal number

Factory setting 0

Additional information In addition to the device ID and manufacturer ID, the device type is part of the unique
ID. Each HART device is uniquely identified by the unique device ID.

Device type 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Configuration → Device type (7008)

Prerequisite In the Capture mode parameter (→  163), the Master network option is selected.

Endress+Hauser 163
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Description Use this function to enter the device type of the HART slave device whose data are to be
recorded.

User entry 2-digit hexadecimal number

Factory setting 0x00

Additional information In addition to the device ID and manufacturer ID, the device type is part of the unique
ID. Each HART device is uniquely identified by the unique device ID.

Manufacturer ID 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Configuration → Manufacturer ID

(7009)

Prerequisite The Master network option is selected in the Capture mode parameter (→  163).

Description Use this function to enter the manufacturer ID of the HART slave device whose data are to
be recorded.

User entry 2-digit value:

• Via local operation: enter as hexadecimal or decimal number
• Via operating tool: enter as decimal number

Factory setting 0

Additional information In addition to the device ID and manufacturer ID, the device type is part of the unique
ID. Each HART device is uniquely identified by the unique device ID.

Burst command 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Configuration → Burst command (7006)

Prerequisite The Burst network option or the Master network option are selected in the Capture
mode parameter (→  163).

Description Use this function to select the burst command to be recorded.

Selection • Command 1
• Command 3
• Command 9
• Command 33

Factory setting Command 1

164 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information Selection

• Command 1
Use this function to capture the primary variable.
• Command 3
Use this function to capture the dynamic HART variables and the current.
• Command 9
Use this function to capture the dynamic HART variables including the associated status.
• Command 33
Use this function to capture the dynamic HART variables including the associated unit.

Slot number 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Configuration → Slot number (7010)

Prerequisite The Burst network option or the Master network option is selected in the Capture mode
parameter (→  163).

Description Use this function to enter the position of the process variable to be recorded in the burst
command.

User entry 1 to 8

Factory setting 1

Additional information User entry

Slot Command

1 3 9 33

1 PV PV HART variable (slot 1) HART variable (slot 1)

2 – SV HART variable (slot 2) HART variable (slot 2)

3 – TV HART variable (slot 3) HART variable (slot 3)

4 – QV HART variable (slot 4) HART variable (slot 4)

5 – – HART variable (slot 5) –

6 – – HART variable (slot 6) –

7 – – HART variable (slot 7) –

8 – – HART variable (slot 8) –

Timeout 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Configuration → Timeout (7005)

Prerequisite The Burst network option or the Master network option is selected in the Capture mode
parameter (→  163).

Description Use this function to enter the maximum permitted interval between two HART frames.

User entry 1 to 120 s

Endress+Hauser 165
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Factory setting 5s

Additional information Description

If the interval is exceeded, the measuring device displays the diagnostic message
F882 Input signal.

Failure mode 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Configuration → Failure mode (7011)

Prerequisite In the Capture mode parameter (→  163), the Burst network option or Master
network option is selected.

Description Use this function to select the device behavior if no data are recorded within the maximum
permitted interval.

Selection • Alarm
• Last valid value
• Defined value

Factory setting Alarm

Additional information Options

• Alarm
An error message is set.
• Last valid value
The last valid measured value is used.
• Defined value
A user-defined measured value is used: (Failure value parameter (→  166)).

Failure value 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Configuration → Failure value (7012)

Prerequisite The following conditions are met:

• In the Capture mode parameter (→  163), the Burst network option or Master
network option is selected.
• In the Failure mode parameter (→  166), the Defined value option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter the measured value to be used if no data are recorded within the
maximum permitted interval.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting 0

166 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

"Input" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Input

‣ Input

Value (7003) →  167

Status (7004) →  167

Value

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Input → Value (7003)

Description Displays the value of the device variable recorded by the HART input.

User interface –273.15 to 99 726.8499 °C

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Temperature unit parameter (→  71)

Status

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART input → Input → Status (7004)

Description Displays the value of the device variable recorded by the HART input in accordance with
the HART specification.

User interface • Manual/Fixed

• Good
• Poor accuracy
• Bad

3.6.2 "HART output" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output

‣ HART output

‣ Configuration →  168

‣ Burst config. →  170

Endress+Hauser 167
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

‣ Information →  177

‣ Output →  180

"Configuration" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Configuration

‣ Configuration

HART short tag (0220) →  168

Device tag (0215) →  168

HART address (0219) →  169

No. of preambles (0217) →  169

[Link]. (0273) →  169

HART short tag 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Configuration → HART short tag

(0220)

Description Use this function to enter a brief description for the measuring point. This can be edited
and displayed via HART protocol or using the local display.

User entry Max. 8 characters: A to Z, 0 to 9 and certain special characters (e.g. punctuation marks, @,
%).

Factory setting PROMASS

Device tag 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Configuration → Device tag (0215)

Description Use this function to enter the name for the measuring point.

User entry Max. 32 characters, such as letters, numbers or special characters (e.g. @, %, /).

Factory setting Promass

168 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

HART address 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Configuration → HART address (0219)

Description Use this function to enter the address via which the data exchange takes place via HART
protocol.

User entry 0 to 63

Factory setting 0

Additional information Description

For addressing in a HART Multidrop network, the Fixed current option must be set in the
Current span parameter (→  116) (current output 1).

No. of preambles 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Configuration → No. of preambles

(0217)

Description Use this function to enter the number of preambles in the HART protocol.

User entry 2 to 20

Factory setting 5

Additional information User entry

As every modem component can "swallow" a byte, 2-byte preambles at least must be
defined.

[Link]. 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Configuration → [Link]. (0273)

Description Use this function to restrict access to the measuring device via fieldbus (HART interface).

Selection • Read + write

• Read only

Factory setting Read + write

Endress+Hauser 169
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Description

If read and/or write protection is enabled, the parameter can only be controlled and reset
via local operation. Access is no longer possible via operating tools.

Selection
• Read + write
The parameters are readable and writable.
• Read only
The parameters are only readable.

"Burst configuration 1 to n" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config.

→ Burst config. 1 to n

‣ Burst config.

‣ Burst config. 1 to n

Burst mode 1 to n (2032–1 to n) →  171

Burst command 1 to n (2031–1 to n) →  171

Burst variable 0 (2033) →  172

Burst variable 1 (2034) →  173

Burst variable 2 (2035) →  174

Burst variable 3 (2036) →  174

Burst variable 4 (2037) →  174

Burst variable 5 (2038) →  174

Burst variable 6 (2039) →  175

Burst variable 7 (2040) →  175

Trigger mode (2044–1 to n) →  175

Trigger level (2043–1 to n) →  176

Min. upd. per. (2042–1 to n) →  176

Max. upd. per. (2041–1 to n) →  177

170 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Burst mode 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Burst mode 1 to n (2032–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select whether to activate the HART burst mode for burst message X.

Selection • Off
• On

Factory setting Off

Additional information Options

• Off
The measuring device transmits data only when requested by the HART master.
• On
The measuring device transmits data regularly without being requested.

Burst command 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Burst command 1 to n (2031–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select the HART command that is sent to the HART master.

Selection • Command 1
• Command 2
• Command 3
• Command 9
• Command 33
• Command 48

Factory setting Command 2

Additional information Selection

• Command 1
Read out the primary variable.
• Command 2
Read out the current and the main measured value as a percentage.
• Command 3
Read out the dynamic HART variables and the current.
• Command 9
Read out the dynamic HART variables including the related status.
• Command 33
Read out the dynamic HART variables including the related unit.
• Command 48
Read out the complete device diagnostics.

"Command 33" option

The HART device variables are defined via Command 107.

Endress+Hauser 171
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

The following measured variables (HART device variables) can be read out:
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Density
• [Link]
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Totalizer 1…3
• HBSI *
• Pressure
• HART input
• Percent of range
• Measur. curr.
• Primary var (PV)
• [Link](SV)
• Tertiary var(TV)
• [Link](QV)

Commands
• Information about the defined details of the command: HART specifications
• The measured variables (HART device variables) are assigned to the dynamic
variables in the Output submenu (→  113).

Burst variable 0 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Burst variable 0 (2033)

Description For HART command 9 and 33: select the HART device variable or the process variable.

Selection • Mass flow

• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Density
• [Link]
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Totalizer 1
• Totalizer 2

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

172 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

• Totalizer 3
• HBSI *
• HART input
• Percent of range
• Measur. curr.
• Primary var (PV)
• [Link](SV)
• Tertiary var(TV)
• [Link](QV)
• Not used
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link].
• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density
• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water vol. flow
• Oil [Link].
• Water [Link].

Factory setting Volume flow

Additional information Selection

The Not used option is set if a burst message is not configured.

Burst variable 1 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Burst variable 1 (2034)

Description For HART command 9 and 33: select the HART device variable or the process variable.

Selection See the Burst variable 0 parameter (→  172).

Factory setting Not used

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 173
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Burst variable 2 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Burst variable 2 (2035)

Description For HART command 9 and 33: select the HART device variable or the process variable.

Selection See the Burst variable 0 parameter (→  172).

Factory setting Not used

Burst variable 3 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Burst variable 3 (2036)

Description For HART command 9 and 33: select the HART device variable or the process variable.

Selection See the Burst variable 0 parameter (→  172).

Factory setting Not used

Burst variable 4 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Burst variable 4 (2037)

Description For HART command 9: select the HART device variable or the process variable.

Selection See the Burst variable 0 parameter (→  172).

Factory setting Not used

Burst variable 5 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Burst variable 5 (2038)

Description For HART command 9: select the HART device variable or the process variable.

Selection See the Burst variable 0 parameter (→  172).

Factory setting Not used

174 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Burst variable 6 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Burst variable 6 (2039)

Description For HART command 9: select the HART device variable or the process variable.

Selection See the Burst variable 0 parameter (→  172).

Factory setting Not used

Burst variable 7 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Burst variable 7 (2040)

Description For HART command 9: select the HART device variable or the process variable.

Selection See the Burst variable 0 parameter (→  172).

Factory setting Not used

Trigger mode 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Trigger mode (2044–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select the event that triggers burst message X.

Selection • Continuous
• Window
• Rising
• Falling
• On change

Factory setting Continuous

Endress+Hauser 175
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Options

• Continuous
The message is sent continuously, at least at intervals corresponding to the time frame
specified in the Burst min per parameter (→  176).
• Window
The message is sent if the specified measured value has changed by the value in the
Trigger level parameter (→  176).
• Rising
The message is sent if the specified measured value exceeds the value in the Trigger
level parameter (→  176).
• Falling
The message is sent if the specified measured value drops below the value in the Trigger
level parameter (→  176).
• On change
The message is sent if a measured value changes in the burst message.

Trigger level 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Trigger level (2043–1 to n)

Description For entering the burst trigger value.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Additional information Description

Together with the option selected in the Trigger mode parameter (→  175) the burst
trigger value determines the time of burst message X.

Min. upd. per. 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Min. upd. per. (2042–1 to n)

Description Use this function to enter the minimum time span between two burst commands of burst
message X.

User entry Positive integer

Factory setting 1 000 ms

176 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Max. upd. per.

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Burst config. → Burst config. 1 to n

→ Max. upd. per. (2041–1 to n)

Description Use this function to enter the maximum time span between two burst commands of burst
message X.

User entry Positive integer

Factory setting 2 000 ms

"Information" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Information

‣ Information

Device revision (0204) →  177

Device ID (0221) →  178

Device type (0209) →  178

Manufacturer ID (0259) →  178

HART revision (0205) →  179

HART descriptor (0212) →  179

HART message (0216) →  179

Hardware rev. (0206) →  179

Software rev. (0224) →  180

HART date code (0202) →  180

Device revision

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Information → Device revision (0204)

Description Displays the device revision with which the device is registered with the HART
Communication Foundation.

Endress+Hauser 177
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

User interface 2-digit hexadecimal number

Factory setting 2

Additional information Description

The device revision is needed to assign the appropriate device description file (DD) to
the device.

Device ID

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Information → Device ID (0221)

Description Use this function to view the device ID for identifying the measuring device in a HART
network.

User interface 6-digit hexadecimal number

Additional information Description

In addition to the device type and manufacturer ID, the device ID is part of the unique
ID. Each HART device is uniquely identified by the unique device ID.

Device type

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Information → Device type (0209)

Description Displays the device type with which the measuring device is registered with the HART
Communication Foundation.

User interface 2-digit hexadecimal number

Factory setting 0x3B (for Promass 300/500)

Additional information Description

The device type is specified by the manufacturer. It is needed to assign the appropriate
device description file (DD) to the device.

Manufacturer ID

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Information → Manufacturer ID (0259)

Description Use this function to view the manufacturer ID with which the measuring device is
registered with the HART Communication Foundation.

User interface 2-digit hexadecimal number

178 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Factory setting 0x11 (for Endress+Hauser)

HART revision

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Information → HART revision (0205)

Description Use this function to display the HART protocol revision of the measuring device.

User interface 5 to 7

Factory setting 7

HART descriptor 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Information → HART descriptor (0212)

Description Use this function to enter a description for the measuring point. This can be edited and
displayed via HART protocol or using the local display.

User entry Max. 16 characters such as letters, numbers or special characters (e.g. @, %, /)

Factory setting Promass300/500

HART message 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Information → HART message (0216)

Description Use this function to enter a HART message which is sent via the HART protocol when
requested by the master.

User entry Max. 32 characters such as letters, numbers or special characters (e.g. @, %, /)

Factory setting Promass300/500

Hardware rev.

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Information → Hardware rev. (0206)

Description Displays the hardware revision of the measuring device.

User interface 0 to 30

Factory setting 1

Endress+Hauser 179
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Software rev.

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Information → Software rev. (0224)

Description Displays the software revision of the measuring device.

User interface 0 to 255

Factory setting 2

HART date code 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Information → HART date code (0202)

Description Use this function to enter the date information for individual use.

User entry Date entry format: yyyy-mm-dd

Factory setting 2009-07-20

Additional information Example

Device installation date

"Output" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Output

‣ Output

Assign PV (0234) →  181

Primary var (PV) (0201) →  182

Assign SV (0235) →  182

[Link](SV) (0226) →  183

Assign TV (0236) →  184

Tertiary var(TV) (0228) →  185

Assign QV (0237) →  185

[Link](QV) (0203) →  186

180 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Assign PV 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Output → Assign PV (0234)

Description Use this function to select a measured variable (HART device variable) for the primary
dynamic variable (PV).

Selection • Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• Density
• [Link]
• [Link].
• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density
• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water vol. flow
• Oil [Link].
• Water [Link].
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1 *
• Osc. ampl. 0 *
• Osc. ampl. 1 *
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1 *
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1 *
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1
• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 181
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

• Exc. current 1 *
• HBSI *
• Pressure

Factory setting Mass flow

Additional information Selection

Detailed description of the options Oscil. frequency, Oscil. amplitude, Oscil.
damping and Signal asymmetry: Value 1 display parameter (→  18)

Primary var (PV)

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Output → Primary var (PV) (0201)

Description Displays the current measured value of the primary dynamic variable (PV).

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information User interface

The measured value displayed depends on the process variable selected in the Assign PV
parameter (→  181).

Dependency
The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

Assign SV 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Output → Assign SV (0235)

Description Use this function to select a measured variable (HART device variable) for the secondary
dynamic variable (SV).

Selection • Mass flow

• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Density
• [Link]
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

182 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

• Electronic temp.
• Totalizer 1
• Totalizer 2
• Totalizer 3
• HBSI *
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1
• Osc. ampl. 0
• Osc. ampl. 1
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1
• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link].
• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density
• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water vol. flow
• Oil [Link].
• Water [Link].

Factory setting Totalizer 1

[Link](SV)

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Output → [Link](SV) (0226)

Description Displays the current measured value of the secondary dynamic variable (SV).

User interface Signed floating-point number

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 183
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information User interface

The measured value displayed depends on the process variable selected in the Assign SV
parameter (→  182).

Dependency
The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

Assign TV 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Output → Assign TV (0236)

Description Use this function to select a measured variable (HART device variable) for the tertiary
(third) dynamic variable (TV).

Selection • Mass flow

• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Density
• [Link]
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Totalizer 1
• Totalizer 2
• Totalizer 3
• HBSI *
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1
• Osc. ampl. 0
• Osc. ampl. 1
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1
• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link].

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

184 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density
• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water vol. flow
• Oil [Link].
• Water [Link].

Factory setting Density

Tertiary var(TV)

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Output → Tertiary var(TV) (0228)

Description Displays the current measured value of the tertiary dynamic variable (TV).

User interface Positive floating-point number

Additional information User interface

The measured value displayed depends on the process variable selected in the Assign TV
parameter (→  184).

Dependency
The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

Assign QV 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Output → Assign QV (0237)

Description Use this function to select a measured variable (HART device variable) for the quaternary
(fourth) dynamic variable (QV).

Selection • Mass flow

• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Density
• [Link]
• Concentration *

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 185
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Totalizer 1
• Totalizer 2
• Totalizer 3
• HBSI *
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1
• Osc. ampl. 0
• Osc. ampl. 1
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1
• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link].
• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density
• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water vol. flow
• Oil [Link].
• Water [Link].

Factory setting Temperature

[Link](QV)

Navigation  Expert → Communication → HART output → Output → [Link](QV) (0203)

Description Displays the current measured value of the quaternary dynamic variable (QV).

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

186 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

User interface –273.15 to 99 726.8499 °C

Additional information User interface

The measured value displayed depends on the process variable selected in the Assign QV
parameter (→  185).

Dependency
The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

3.6.3 "Web server" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Web server

‣ Web server

[Link] (7221) →  187

MAC Address (7214) →  188

DHCP client (7212) →  188

IP address (7209) →  189

Subnet mask (7211) →  189

Default gateway (7210) →  189

Webserver funct. (7222) →  189

Login page (7273) →  190

[Link]

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Web server → [Link] (7221)

Description Use this function to select the Web server language setting.

Selection • English
• Deutsch *
• Français *
• Español *
• Italiano *

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 187
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

• Nederlands *
• Portuguesa *
• Polski *
• русский язык(Ru) *
• Svenska *
• Türkçe *
• 中文 (Chinese) *
• 日本語 (Japanese) *
• 한국어 (Korean) *
• Bahasa Indonesia *
• tiếng Việt (Vit) *
• čeština (Czech) *

Factory setting English

MAC Address

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Web server → MAC Address (7214)

Description Displays the MAC 8) address of the measuring device.

User interface Unique 12-digit character string comprising letters and numbers

Factory setting Each measuring device is given an individual address.

Additional information Example

For the display format
[Link]

DHCP client 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Web server → DHCP client (7212)

Description Use this function to activate and deactivate the DHCP client functionality.

Selection • Off
• On

Factory setting Off

Additional information Result

If the DHCP client functionality of the Web server is activated, the IP address (→  189),
Subnet mask (→  189) and Default gateway (→  189) are set automatically.
Identification is via the MAC address of the measuring device.

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

8) Media Access Control

188 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

IP address 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Web server → IP address (7209)

Description Displays the IP address of the device's web server.

User entry 4 octet: 0 to 255 (in the particular octet)

Factory setting [Link]

Subnet mask 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Web server → Subnet mask (7211)

Description Displays the subnet mask.

User entry 4 octet: 0 to 255 (in the particular octet)

Factory setting [Link]

Default gateway 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Web server → Default gateway (7210)

Description Displays the default gateway.

User entry 4 octet: 0 to 255 (in the particular octet)

Factory setting [Link]

Webserver funct. 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Web server → Webserver funct. (7222)

Description Use this function to switch the Web server on and off.

Selection • Off
• HTML Off
• On

Factory setting On

Endress+Hauser 189
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Description

Once disabled, the Webserver funct. can only be re-enabled via or the operating tool
FieldCare.

Options

Option Description

Off • The web server is completely disabled.

• Port 80 is locked.

On • The complete functionality of the web server is available.

• JavaScript is used.
• The password is transferred in an encrypted state.
• Any change to the password is also transferred in an encrypted state.

Login page 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Web server → Login page (7273)

Description Use this function to select the format of the login page.

Selection • Without header

• With header

Factory setting With header

3.6.4 "WLAN settings" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings

‣ WLAN settings

WLAN (2702) →  191

WLAN mode (2717) →  191

SSID name (2714) →  192

Network security (2705) →  192

Sec. identific. (2718) →  192

User name (2715) →  193

WLAN password (2716) →  193

WLAN IP address (2711) →  193

190 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

WLAN MAC address (2703) →  193

WLAN subnet mask (2709) →  194

WLAN MAC address (2703) →  193

WLAN passphrase (2706) →  194

Assign SSID name (2708) →  194

SSID name (2707) →  195

WLAN channel (2704) →  195

Select antenna (2713) →  195

Connection state (2722) →  195

[Link] (2721) →  196

WLAN IP address (2711) →  193

Gateway IP addr. (2719) →  196

IP address DNS (2720) →  196

WLAN 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → WLAN (2702)

Description Use this function to enable and disable the WLAN connection.

Selection • Disable
• Enable

Factory setting Enable

WLAN mode 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → WLAN mode (2717)

Description Use this function to select the WLAN mode.

Selection • Access point

• WLAN Client

Endress+Hauser 191
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Factory setting Access point

SSID name 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → SSID name (2714)

Prerequisite The client is activated.

Description Use this function to enter the user-defined SSID name (max. 32 characters).

User entry –

Factory setting –

Network security 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → Network security (2705)

Description Use this function to select the type of security for the WLAN interface.

Selection • Unsecured
• WPA2-PSK
• EAP-PEAP MSCHAP2
• EAP-PEAP NoAuth.
• EAP-TLS

Factory setting WPA2-PSK

Additional information Selection

• Unsecured
Access the WLAN connection without identification.
• WPA2-PSK
Access the WLAN connection with a network key.

Sec. identific.

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → Sec. identific. (2718)

Description Use this function to select the security settings (download via the menu: Data
Management > Security > Download WLAN).

User interface • Trust. [Link].

• Device certific.
• Dev. private key

192 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

User name 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → User name (2715)

Description Use this function to enter the user name.

User entry –

Factory setting –

WLAN password 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → WLAN password (2716)

Description Use this function to enter the WLAN password.

User entry –

Factory setting –

WLAN IP address 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → WLAN IP address (2711)

Description Use this function to enter the IP address of the measuring device's WLAN connection.

User entry 4 octet: 0 to 255 (in the particular octet)

Factory setting [Link]

WLAN MAC address

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → WLAN MAC address (2703)

 Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → WLAN MAC address (2703)

Description Displays the MAC 9) address of the measuring device.

User interface Unique 12-digit character string comprising letters and numbers

Factory setting Each measuring device is given an individual address.

9) Media Access Control

Endress+Hauser 193
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Example

For the display format
[Link]

WLAN subnet mask 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → WLAN subnet mask (2709)

Description Use this function to enter the subnet mask.

User entry 4 octet: 0 to 255 (in the particular octet)

Factory setting [Link]

WLAN passphrase 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → WLAN passphrase (2706)

Prerequisite The WPA2-PSK option is selected in the Security type parameter (→  192).

Description Use this function to enter the network key.

User entry 8 to 32-digit character string comprising numbers, letters and special characters

Factory setting Serial number of the measuring device (e.g. L100A802000)

Assign SSID name 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → Assign SSID name (2708)

Description Use this function to select which name is used for the SSID 10).

Selection • Device tag

• User-defined

Factory setting User-defined

Additional information Selection

• Device tag
The device tag name is used as the SSID.
• User-defined
A user-defined name is used as the SSID.

10) Service Set Identifier

194 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

SSID name 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → SSID name (2707)

Prerequisite • The User-defined option is selected in the Assign SSID name parameter (→  194).
• The Access point option is selected in the WLAN mode parameter (→  191).

Description Use this function to enter a user-defined SSID name.

User entry Max. 32-digit character string comprising numbers, letters and special characters

Factory setting EH_device designation_last 7 digits of the serial number (e.g.

EH_Promass_300_A802000)

WLAN channel 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → WLAN channel (2704)

Description Use this function to enter the WLAN channel.

User entry 1 to 11

Factory setting 6

Additional information Description

• It is only necessary to enter a WLAN channel if multiple WLAN devices are in use.
• If just one measuring device is in use, it is recommended to keep the factory setting.

Select antenna 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → Select antenna (2713)

Description Use this function to select whether the external or internal antenna is used for reception.

Selection • External antenna

• Internal antenna

Factory setting Internal antenna

Connection state

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → Connection state (2722)

Description The connection status is displayed.

Endress+Hauser 195
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

User interface • Connected

• Not connected

Factory setting Not connected

[Link]

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → [Link] (2721)

Description Displays the signal strength received.

User interface • Low

• Medium
• High

Factory setting High

Gateway IP addr.

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → Gateway IP addr. (2719)

Description Use this function to enter the IP address of the gateway.

Factory setting [Link]

IP address DNS

Navigation  Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → IP address DNS (2720)

 Expert → Communication → WLAN settings → IP address DNS (2720)

Description Use this function to enter the IP address of the domain name server.

Factory setting [Link]

3.6.5 "OPC-UA config." submenu

For detailed information on the parameter descriptions for the OPC-UA server
application package, refer to the Special Documentation for the device →  7

Navigation  Expert → Communication → OPC-UA config.

‣ OPC-UA config.

196 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

3.6.6 "Diag. config." submenu

For a list of all the diagnostic events, see the Operating Instructions for the device
→ 7

Assign a category to the particular diagnostic event:

Category Meaning

Failure (F) A device error is present. The measured value is no longer valid.

Funct. check (C) The device is in service mode (e.g. during a simulation).

Out of spec. (S) The device is being operated:

– Outside its technical specification limits (e.g. outside the process temperature
range)
– Outside of the configuration carried out by the user (e.g. maximum flow in
parameter 20 mA value)

Mainten. req.(M) Maintenance is required. The measured value is still valid.

No effect (N) Has no effect on the condensed status 1).

1) Condensed status according to NAMUR recommendation NE107

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config.

‣ Diag. config.

Event category 046 (0246) →  198

Event category 140 (0244) →  198

Event category 374 (0245) →  199

Event category 441 (0210) →  199

Event category 442 (0230) →  199

Event category 443 (0231) →  200

Event category 444 (0211) →  200

Event category 543 (0276) →  200

Event category 830 (0240) →  201

Event category 831 (0241) →  201

Event category 832 (0218) →  202

Event category 833 (0225) →  202

Event category 834 (0227) →  202

Event category 835 (0229) →  203

Endress+Hauser 197
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Event category 862 (0214) →  203

Event category 912 (0243) →  203

Event category 913 (0242) →  204

Event category 948 (0275) →  204

Event category 046 (Sensor limit) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 046 (0246)

Description Use this function to select a category for the diagnostic message 046 Sensor limit.

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 140 (Sensor [Link].) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 140 (0244)

Description Use this function to select a category for the diagnostic message 140 Sensor [Link]..

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

198 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Event category 274 (Main electronics) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 374 (0245)

Description Use this function to select a category for the diagnostic message 274 Main electronics.

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 441 ([Link] 1 to n) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 441 (0210)

Description Use this function to select a category for the diagnostic message 441 [Link] 1 to n.

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 442 (Freq. output 1 to n) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 442 (0230)

Prerequisite The pulse/frequency/switch output is available.

Description Use this function to select a category for the diagnostic message 442 Freq. output 1 to n.

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Endress+Hauser 199
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 443 (Pulse output 1 to n) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 443 (0231)

Prerequisite The pulse/frequency/switch output is available.

Description Use this function to select a category for the diagnostic message 443 Pulse output 1 to n.

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 444 (Current input 1 to n) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 444 (0211)

Prerequisite The current input is available.

Description Use this function to select a category for the diagnostic message 444 Current input 1 to n.

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information Selection

For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 543 (Double pulse out) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 543 (0276)

Description Use this option to select a category for the diagnostic message 543 Double pulse out.

200 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 830 (Sensor temp.) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 830 (0240)

Description Use this function to select a category for the diagnostic message 830 Sensor temp..

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 831 (Sensor temp.) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 831 (0241)

Description Use this function to select a category for the diagnostic message 831 Sensor temp..

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Endress+Hauser 201
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Event category 832 (Electronic temp.) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 832 (0218)

Description Use this function to select a category for the diagnostic message 832 Electronic temp..

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information Selection

For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 833 (Electronic temp.) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 833 (0225)

Description Use this option to select a category for the diagnostic message 833 Electronic temp..

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information Selection

For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 834 (Process temp.) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 834 (0227)

Description Use this option to select a category for the diagnostic message 834 Process temp..

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

202 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information Selection

For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 835 (Process temp.) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 835 (0229)

Description Use this option to select a category for the diagnostic message 835 Process temp..

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information Selection

For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 862 (Empty pipe) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 862 (0214)

Description Use this option to select a category for the diagnostic message 862 Empty pipe.

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 912 (Medium inhomog.) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 912 (0243)

Description Use this function to select a category for the diagnostic message 912 Medium inhomog..

Endress+Hauser 203
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 913 (Medium unsuitab.) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 913 (0242)

Description Use this function to select a category for the diagnostic message 913 Medium unsuitab..

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

Event category 948 (Tube damp. high) 

Navigation  Expert → Communication → Diag. config. → Event category 948 (0275)

Description Use this function to assign a category to the diagnostic message 948 Tube damp. high.

Selection • Failure (F)

• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• No effect (N)

Factory setting Out of spec. (S)

Additional information For a detailed description of the event categories available for selection: →  197

204 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

3.7 "Application" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Application

‣ Application

Reset all tot. (2806) →  205

‣ Totalizer →  205

‣ Viscosity →  210

‣ Concentration →  210

‣ Petroleum →  211

Reset all tot.

Navigation  Expert → Application → Reset all tot. (2806)

Description Use this function to reset all totalizers to the value 0 and restart the totaling process. This
deletes all the flow values previously totalized.

Selection • Cancel
• Reset + totalize

Factory setting Cancel

Additional information Selection

Options Description

Cancel No action is executed and the user exits the parameter.

Reset + totalize Resets all totalizers to 0 and restarts the totaling process. This deletes all the flow
values previously totalized.

3.7.1 "Totalizer 1 to n" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Application → Totalizer 1 to n

‣ Totalizer 1 to n

Assign variable (0914–1 to n) →  206

Unit totalizer 1 to n (0915–1 to n) →  207

Endress+Hauser 205
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Operation mode (0908–1 to n) →  208

Control Tot. 1 to n (0912–1 to n) →  208

Preset value 1 to n (0913–1 to n) →  209

Failure mode (0901–1 to n) →  209

Assign variable 

Navigation  Expert → Application → Totalizer 1 to n → Assign variable (0914–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select a process variable for the Totalizer 1 to n.

Selection • Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Target vol. flow *
• Carrier vol. fl. *
• [Link] *
• [Link] *
• GSV flow *
• GSVa *
• NSV flow *
• NSVa *
• S&W volume flow *
• Oil mass flow *
• Water mass flow *
• Oil volume flow *
• Water vol. flow *
• Oil [Link]. *
• Water [Link]. *

Factory setting Mass flow

Additional information Description

If the option selected is changed, the device resets the totalizer to 0.

Selection
If the Off option is selected, only Assign variable parameter (→  206) is still displayed
in the Totalizer 1 to n submenu. All other parameters in the submenu are hidden.

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

206 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Unit totalizer 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Application → Totalizer 1 to n → Unit totalizer 1 to n (0915–1 to n)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  206) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

Description Use this function to select the process variable unit for the Totalizer 1 to n (→  205).

Selection SI units US units

•g • oz
• kg • lb
•t • STon

or

SI units US units Imperial units

• cm³ • af • gal (imp)
• dm³ • ft³ • Mgal (imp)
• m³ • fl oz (us) • bbl (imp;oil)
• ml • gal (us)
•l • kgal (us)
• hl • Mgal (us)
• Ml Mega • bbl (us;oil)
• bbl (us;tank)

or

US units Imperial units

• bbl (us;liq.) bbl (imp;beer)
• bbl (us;beer)

or

SI units US units Imperial units

• Nl • Sft³ Sgal (imp)
• Nm³ • Sgal (us)
• Sl • Sbbl (us;liq.)
• Sm³

or

Other units
None

Factory setting Country-specific:

• kg
• lb

Endress+Hauser 207
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Description

The unit is selected separately for each totalizer. It is independent of the selection
made in the System units submenu (→  64).

Selection
The selection is dependent on the process variable selected in the Assign variable
parameter (→  206).

Operation mode 

Navigation  Expert → Application → Totalizer 1 to n → Operation mode (0908–1 to n)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  206) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

Description Use this function to select how the totalizer summates the flow.

Selection • Net flow total

• Forward total
• Reverse total

Factory setting Net flow total

Additional information Selection

• Net flow total
Flow values in the forward and reverse flow direction are totalized and balanced against
one another. Net flow is registered in the flow direction.
• Forward total
Only the flow in the forward flow direction is totalized.
• Reverse total
Only the flow in the reverse flow direction is totalized (= reverse flow quantity).

Control Tot. 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Application → Totalizer 1 to n → Control Tot. 1 to n (0912–1 to n)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  206) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

Description Use this function to select the control of totalizer value 1-3.

Selection • Totalize
• Reset + hold
• Preset + hold
• Reset + totalize
• Preset+totalize
• Hold

Factory setting Totalize

208 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information Selection

Options Description

Totalize The totalizer is started or continues running.

Reset + hold The totaling process is stopped and the totalizer is reset to 0.

Preset + hold The totaling process is stopped and the totalizer is set to its defined start value
from the Preset value parameter.

Reset + totalize The totalizer is reset to 0 and the totaling process is restarted.

Preset+totalize The totalizer is set to the defined start value from the Preset value parameter and
the totaling process is restarted.

Hold Totalizing is stopped.

Preset value 1 to n

Navigation  Expert → Application → Totalizer 1 to n → Preset value 1 to n (0913–1 to n)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  206) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

Description Use this function to enter a start value for the Totalizer 1 to n.

User entry Signed floating-point number

Factory setting Country-specific:

• 0 kg
• 0 lb

Additional information User entry

The unit of the selected process variable is specified for the totalizer in the Unit
totalizer parameter (→  207).

Example
This configuration is suitable for applications such as iterative filling processes with a fixed
batch quantity.

Failure mode 

Navigation  Expert → Application → Totalizer 1 to n → Failure mode (0901–1 to n)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign variable parameter (→  206) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

Description Use this function to select how a totalizer behaves in the event of a device alarm.

Selection • Stop
• Actual value
• Last valid value

Endress+Hauser 209
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Factory setting Stop

Additional information Description

This setting does not affect the failsafe mode of other totalizers and the outputs. This
is specified in separate parameters.

Selection
• Stop
The totalizer is stopped in the event of a device alarm.
• Actual value
The totalizer continues to count based on the actual measured value; the device alarm is
ignored.
• Last valid value
The totalizer continues to count based on the last valid measured value before the device
alarm occurred.

3.7.2 "Viscosity" submenu

Only available for Promass I.

For detailed information on the parameter descriptions for the Viscosity application
package,refer to the Special Documentation for the device →  7

Navigation  Expert → Application → Viscosity

‣ Viscosity

3.7.3 "Concentration" submenu

For detailed information on the parameter descriptions for the Concentration
application package,refer to the Special Documentation for the device →  7

Navigation  Expert → Application → Concentration

‣ Concentration

3.7.4 "Custody transfer" submenu

Only available for Promass F, O, Q and X.

For detailed information on the parameter descriptions for custody transfer

measurement, see the Special Documentation for the device →  7

Navigation  Expert → Application → Custody transfer

‣ Custody transfer

210 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

3.7.5 "Petroleum" submenu

For detailed information on the parameter descriptions for the Petroleum application
package,refer to the Special Documentation for the device →  7

Navigation  Expert → Application → Petroleum

‣ Petroleum

3.8 "Diagnostics" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics

‣ Diagnostics

Actual diagnos. (0691) →  212

[Link] (0690) →  213

Time fr. restart (0653) →  213

Operating time (0652) →  214

‣ Diagnostic list →  214

‣ Event logbook →  218

‣ [Link]. →  220

‣ Device info →  221

‣ Mainboard module →  225

‣ Sens. electronic →  226

‣ I/O module 1 →  227

‣ I/O module 2 →  227

‣ I/O module 3 →  229

‣ Display module →  230

‣ Min/max val. →  231

‣ Data logging →  241

Endress+Hauser 211
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

‣ Heartbeat →  250

‣ Simulation →  251

Actual diagnos.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Actual diagnos. (0691)

Prerequisite A diagnostic event has occurred.

Description Displays the current diagnostic message. If two or more messages occur simultaneously,
the message with the highest priority is shown on the display.

User interface Symbol for diagnostic behavior, diagnostic code and short message.

Additional information Display

Additional pending diagnostic messages can be viewed in the Diagnostic list
submenu (→  214).
Via the local display: the time stamp and corrective measures referring to the cause of
the diagnostic message can be accessed via the  key.

Example
For the display format:
F271 Main electronics

Timestamp

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Timestamp

Description Displays the operating time when the current diagnostic message occurred.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds (s)

Additional information Display

The diagnostic message can be viewed via the Actual diagnos. parameter
(→  212).

Example
For the display format:
24d12h13m00s

212 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

[Link]

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → [Link] (0690)

Prerequisite Two diagnostic events have already occurred.

Description Displays the diagnostic message that occurred before the current message.

User interface Symbol for diagnostic behavior, diagnostic code and short message.

Additional information Display

Via the local display: the time stamp and corrective measures referring to the cause of
the diagnostic message can be accessed via the  key.

Example
For the display format:
F271 Main electronics

Timestamp

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Timestamp

Description Displays the operating time when the last diagnostic message before the current message
occurred.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds (s)

Additional information Display

The diagnostic message can be viewed via the [Link] parameter
(→  213).

Example
For the display format:
24d12h13m00s

Time fr. restart

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Time fr. restart (0653)

Description Use this function to display the time the device has been in operation since the last device
restart.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds (s)

Endress+Hauser 213
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Operating time

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Operating time (0652)

Description Use this function to display the length of time the device has been in operation.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds (s)

Additional information User interface

The maximum number of days is 9999, which is equivalent to 27 years.

3.8.1 "Diagnostic list" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list

‣ Diagnostic list

Diagnostics 1 (0692) →  214

Diagnostics 2 (0693) →  215

Diagnostics 3 (0694) →  216

Diagnostics 4 (0695) →  217

Diagnostics 5 (0696) →  217

Diagnostics 1

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list → Diagnostics 1 (0692)

Description Displays the current diagnostics message with the highest priority.

User interface Symbol for diagnostic behavior, diagnostic code and short message.

Additional information Display

Via the local display: the time stamp and corrective measures referring to the cause of
the diagnostic message can be accessed via the  key.

Examples
For the display format:
• F271 Main electronics
• F276 I/O module

214 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Timestamp

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list → Timestamp

Description Displays the operating time when the diagnostic message with the highest priority
occurred.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds (s)

Additional information Display

The diagnostic message can be viewed via the Diagnostics 1 parameter (→  214).

Example
For the display format:
24d12h13m00s

Diagnostics 2

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list → Diagnostics 2 (0693)

Description Displays the current diagnostics message with the second-highest priority.

User interface Symbol for diagnostic behavior, diagnostic code and short message.

Additional information Display

Via the local display: the time stamp and corrective measures referring to the cause of
the diagnostic message can be accessed via the  key.

Examples
For the display format:
• F271 Main electronics
• F276 I/O module

Timestamp

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list → Timestamp

Description Displays the operating time when the diagnostic message with the second-highest priority
occurred.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds (s)

Endress+Hauser 215
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Display

The diagnostic message can be viewed via the Diagnostics 2 parameter (→  215).

Example
For the display format:
24d12h13m00s

Diagnostics 3

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list → Diagnostics 3 (0694)

Description Displays the current diagnostics message with the third-highest priority.

User interface Symbol for diagnostic behavior, diagnostic code and short message.

Additional information Display

Via the local display: the time stamp and corrective measures referring to the cause of
the diagnostic message can be accessed via the  key.

Examples
For the display format:
• F271 Main electronics
• F276 I/O module

Timestamp

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list → Timestamp

Description Displays the operating time when the diagnostic message with the third-highest priority
occurred.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds (s)

Additional information Display

The diagnostic message can be viewed via the Diagnostics 3 parameter (→  216).

Example
For the display format:
24d12h13m00s

216 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Diagnostics 4

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list → Diagnostics 4 (0695)

Description Displays the current diagnostics message with the fourth-highest priority.

User interface Symbol for diagnostic behavior, diagnostic code and short message.

Additional information Display

Via the local display: the time stamp and corrective measures referring to the cause of
the diagnostic message can be accessed via the  key.

Examples
For the display format:
• F271 Main electronics
• F276 I/O module

Timestamp

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list → Timestamp

Description Displays the operating time when the diagnostic message with the fourth-highest priority
occurred.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds (s)

Additional information Display

The diagnostic message can be viewed via the Diagnostics 4 parameter (→  217).

Example
For the display format:
24d12h13m00s

Diagnostics 5

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list → Diagnostics 5 (0696)

Description Displays the current diagnostics message with the fifth-highest priority.

User interface Symbol for diagnostic behavior, diagnostic code and short message.

Endress+Hauser 217
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Display

Via the local display: the time stamp and corrective measures referring to the cause of
the diagnostic message can be accessed via the  key.

Examples
For the display format:
• F271 Main electronics
• F276 I/O module

Timestamp

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Diagnostic list → Timestamp

Description Displays the operating time when the diagnostic message with the fifth-highest priority
occurred.

User interface Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds (s)

Additional information Display

The diagnostic message can be viewed via the Diagnostics 5 parameter (→  217).

Example
For the display format:
24d12h13m00s

3.8.2 "Event logbook" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Event logbook

‣ Event logbook

Filter options (0705) →  218

‣ Event list →  219

Filter options 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Event logbook → Filter options (0705)

Description Use this function to select the category whose event messages are displayed in the event
list of the local display.

218 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Selection • All
• Failure (F)
• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• Information (I)

Factory setting All

Additional information Description

The status signals are categorized in accordance with VDI/VDE 2650 and NAMUR
Recommendation NE 107:
• F = Failure
• C = Function Check
• S = Out of Specification
• M = Maintenance Required

Filter options 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Event logbook → Filter options

Description Use this function to select the category whose event messages are displayed in the event
list of the operating tool.

Selection • All
• Failure (F)
• Funct. check (C)
• Out of spec. (S)
• Mainten. req.(M)
• Information (I)

Factory setting All

Additional information Description

The status signals are categorized in accordance with VDI/VDE 2650 and NAMUR
Recommendation NE 107:
• F = Failure
• C = Function Check
• S = Out of Specification
• M = Maintenance Required

"Event list" submenu

The Event list submenu is only displayed if operating via the local display.
If operating via the FieldCare operating tool, the event list can be read out with a
separate FieldCare module.
If operating via the Web browser, the event messages can be found directly in the
Event logbook submenu.

Endress+Hauser 219
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Event logbook → Event list

▸ Event list

Event list →  220

Event list

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Event logbook → Event list

Description Displays the history of event messages of the category selected in the Filter options
parameter (→  218).

User interface • For a "Category I" event message

Information event, short message, symbol for event recording and operating time when
error occurred
• For a "Category F, C, S, M" event message (status signal)
Diagnostics code, short message, symbol for event recording and operating time when
error occurred

Additional information Description

A maximum of 20 event messages are displayed in chronological order.
If the Extended HistoROM application package (order option) is enabled in the device, the
event list can contain up to 100 entries .
The following symbols indicate whether an event has occurred or has ended:
• : Occurrence of the event
• : End of the event

Examples
For the display format:
• I1091 Configuration modified
 24d12h13m00s
• F271 Main electronics
 01d04h12min30s

HistoROM
A HistoROM is a "non-volatile" device memory in the form of an EEPROM.

3.8.3 "Custody transfer logbook" submenu

Only available for Promass F, O, Q and X.

For detailed information on the parameter descriptions for custody transfer

measurement, see the Special Documentation for the device →  7

220 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → [Link].

‣ [Link].

3.8.4 "Device info" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Device info

‣ Device info

Device tag (0011) →  221

Serial number (0009) →  222

Firmware version (0010) →  222

Device name (0020) →  223

Order code (0008) →  223

Ext. order cd. 1 (0023) →  223

Ext. order cd. 2 (0021) →  224

Ext. order cd. 3 (0022) →  224

ENP version (0012) →  224

Device tag

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Device tag (0011)

Description Displays a unique name for the measuring point so it can be identified quickly within the
plant. The name is displayed in the header.

User interface Max. 32 characters, such as letters, numbers or special characters (e.g. @, %, /).

Factory setting Promass

Endress+Hauser 221
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Display

1 XXXXXXXXX

A0029422

1 Position of the header text on the display

The number of characters displayed depends on the characters used.

Serial number

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Serial number (0009)

Description Displays the serial number of the measuring device.

The number can be found on the nameplate of the sensor and transmitter.

User interface Max. 11-digit character string comprising letters and numbers.

Additional information Description

Uses of the serial number
• To identify the measuring device quickly, e.g. when contacting Endress+Hauser.
• To obtain specific information on the measuring device using the Device Viewer:
[Link]/deviceviewer

Firmware version

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Firmware version (0010)

Description Displays the device firmware version installed.

User interface Character string in the format [Link]

Additional information Display

The Firmware version is also located:
• On the title page of the Operating instructions
• On the transmitter nameplate

222 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Device name

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Device name (0020)

Description Displays the name of the transmitter. It can also be found on the nameplate of the
transmitter.

User interface Promass 300/500

Order code 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Order code (0008)

Description Displays the device order code.

User interface Character string composed of letters, numbers and certain punctuation marks (e.g. /).

Additional information Description

The order code can be found on the nameplate of the sensor and transmitter in the
"Order code" field.
The order code is generated from the extended order code through a process of reversible
transformation. The extended order code indicates the attributes for all the device features
in the product structure. The device features are not directly readable from the order code.
Uses of the order code
• To order an identical spare device.
• To identify the device quickly and easily, e.g. when contacting Endress+Hauser.

Ext. order cd. 1 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Ext. order cd. 1 (0023)

Description Displays the first part of the extended order code.

On account of length restrictions, the extended order code is split into a maximum of 3
parameters.

User interface Character string

Additional information Description

The extended order code indicates the version of all the features of the product structure
for the measuring device and thus uniquely identifies the measuring device.
The extended order code can also be found on the nameplate of the sensor and
transmitter in the "Ext. ord. cd." field.

Endress+Hauser 223
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Ext. order cd. 2 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Ext. order cd. 2 (0021)

Description Displays the second part of the extended order code.

User interface Character string

Additional information For additional information, see Ext. order cd. 1 parameter (→  223)

Ext. order cd. 3 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Ext. order cd. 3 (0022)

Description Displays the third part of the extended order code.

User interface Character string

Additional information For additional information, see Ext. order cd. 1 parameter (→  223)

Config. counter

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → Config. counter (0233)

Description Displays the number of parameter modifications for the device. When the user changes a
parameter setting, this counter is incremented.

User interface 0 to 65 535

ENP version

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Device info → ENP version (0012)

Description Displays the version of the electronic nameplate.

User interface Character string

Factory setting 2.02.00

Additional information Description

This electronic nameplate stores a data record for device identification that includes more
data than the nameplates attached to the outside of the device.

224 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

3.8.5 "Mainboard module" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Mainboard I/O1

‣ Main elec.+I/O1

Software rev. →  225

Build no. softw. →  225

Bootloader rev. →  225

Software rev.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Mainboard I/O1 → Software rev. (0072)

Description Use this function to display the software revision of the module.

User interface Positive integer

Build no. softw.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Mainboard I/O1 → Build no. softw. (0079)

Description Displays the software build number of the module.

User interface Positive integer

Bootloader rev.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Mainboard I/O1 → Bootloader rev. (0073)

Description Displays the bootloader revision of the software.

User interface Positive integer

Endress+Hauser 225
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

3.8.6 "Sens. electronic" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Sens. electronic

‣ Sens. electronic

Software rev. (0072) →  226

Build no. softw. (0079) →  226

Bootloader rev. (0073) →  226

Software rev.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Sens. electronic → Software rev. (0072)

Description Use this function to display the software revision of the module.

User interface Positive integer

Build no. softw.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Sens. electronic → Build no. softw. (0079)

Description Displays the software build number of the module.

User interface Positive integer

Bootloader rev.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Sens. electronic → Bootloader rev. (0073)

Description Displays the bootloader revision of the software.

User interface Positive integer

226 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

3.8.7 "I/O module 1" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 1

‣ I/O module

Software rev. (0072) →  227

I/O 1 terminals

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 1 → I/O 1 terminals (3902–1)

Description Displays the terminal numbers used by the I/O module.

User interface • Not used

• 26-27 (I/O 1)
• 24-25 (I/O 2)
• 22-23 (I/O 3)

Software rev.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 2 → Software rev. (0072)

 Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 3 → Software rev. (0072)
 Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 4 → Software rev. (0072)

Description Use this function to display the software revision of the module.

User interface Positive integer

3.8.8 "I/O module 2" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 2

‣ I/O module 2

I/O 2 terminals →  228

Software rev. →  228

Build no. softw. →  228

Bootloader rev. →  228

Endress+Hauser 227
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

I/O 1 terminals

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 1 → I/O 1 terminals (3902–1)

Description Displays the terminal numbers used by the I/O module.

User interface • Not used

• 26-27 (I/O 1)
• 24-25 (I/O 2)
• 22-23 (I/O 3)

Software rev.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 2 → Software rev. (0072)

Description Use this function to display the software revision of the module.

User interface Positive integer

Build no. softw.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 2 → Build no. softw. (0079)

Description Displays the software build number of the module.

User interface Positive integer

Bootloader rev.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 2 → Bootloader rev. (0073)

Description Displays the bootloader revision of the software.

User interface Positive integer

228 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

3.8.9 "I/O module 3" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 3

‣ I/O module 3

I/O 3 terminals →  229

Software rev. →  229

Build no. softw. →  229

Bootloader rev. →  230

I/O 1 terminals

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 1 → I/O 1 terminals (3902–1)

Description Displays the terminal numbers used by the I/O module.

User interface • Not used

• 26-27 (I/O 1)
• 24-25 (I/O 2)
• 22-23 (I/O 3)

Software rev.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 3 → Software rev. (0072)

Description Use this function to display the software revision of the module.

User interface Positive integer

Build no. softw.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 3 → Build no. softw. (0079)

Description Displays the software build number of the module.

User interface Positive integer

Endress+Hauser 229
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Bootloader rev.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → I/O module 3 → Bootloader rev. (0073)

Description Displays the bootloader revision of the software.

User interface Positive integer

3.8.10 "Display module" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Display module

‣ Display module

Software rev. (0072) →  230

Build no. softw. (0079) →  230

Bootloader rev. (0073) →  231

Software rev.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Display module → Software rev. (0072)

Description Use this function to display the software revision of the module.

User interface Positive integer

Build no. softw.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Display module → Build no. softw. (0079)

Description Displays the software build number of the module.

User interface Positive integer

230 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Bootloader rev.

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Display module → Bootloader rev. (0073)

Description Displays the bootloader revision of the software.

User interface Positive integer

3.8.11 "Min/max val." submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val.

‣ Min/max val.

Reset min/max (6151) →  231

‣ Electronic temp. →  232

‣ Medium temp. →  233

‣ Carr. pipe temp. →  234

‣ Oscil. frequency →  235

‣ [Link]. →  236

‣ Oscil. amplitude →  237

‣ Tor. osc. amp. →  237

‣ Oscil. damping →  238

‣ [Link]. →  239

‣ Signal asymmetry →  240

‣ [Link]. →  240

Reset min/max 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Reset min/max (6151)

Description Use this function to select measured variables whose minimum, maximum and average
measured values are to be reset.

Endress+Hauser 231
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Selection • Cancel
• Oscil. amplitude
• Osc. ampl. 1 *
• Oscil. damping
• [Link]. *
• Oscil. frequency
• [Link]. *
• Signal asymmetry
• [Link]. *

Factory setting Cancel

Additional information Selection

Detailed description of the options Oscil. frequency, Oscil. amplitude, Oscil.
damping and Signal asymmetry: Value 1 display parameter (→  18)

"Electronic temp." submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Electronic temp.

‣ Electronic temp.

Minimum value →  233

Maximum value →  232

Maximum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Electronic temp. → Maximum value (6051)

Description Displays the highest previously measured temperature value of the main electronics
module.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Temperature unit parameter (→  71)

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

232 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Minimum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Electronic temp. → Minimum value (6052)

Description Displays the lowest previously measured temperature value of the main electronics
module.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Temperature unit parameter (→  71)

"Medium temp." submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Medium temp.

‣ Medium temp.

Minimum value (6109) →  233

Maximum value (6108) →  233

Minimum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Medium temp. → Minimum value (6109)

Description Displays the lowest previously measured medium temperature value.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Temperature unit parameter (→  71)

Maximum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Medium temp. → Maximum value (6108)

Description Displays the highest previously measured medium temperature value.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Endress+Hauser 233
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Temperature unit parameter (→  71)

"Carr. pipe temp." submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Carr. pipe temp.

‣ Carr. pipe temp.

Minimum value (6030) →  234

Maximum value (6029) →  235

Minimum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Carr. pipe temp. → Minimum value (6030)

Prerequisite Only available for:

• Promass A
• Promass F
• Promass H
• Promass I
• Promass O
• Promass P
• PromassQ
• Promass S
• Promass X
For the following order code
"Application package", option EB "Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring"

Description Displays the lowest previously measured temperature value of the carrier pipe.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Temperature unit parameter (→  71)

234 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Maximum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Carr. pipe temp. → Maximum value (6029)

Prerequisite Only available for:

• Promass A
• Promass F
• Promass H
• Promass I
• Promass O
• Promass P
• PromassQ
• Promass S
• Promass X
For the following order code
"Application package", option EB "Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring"

Description Displays the highest previously measured temperature value of the carrier pipe.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Additional information Dependency

The unit is taken from the Temperature unit parameter (→  71)

"Oscil. frequency" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Oscil. frequency

‣ Oscil. frequency

Minimum value (6071) →  235

Maximum value (6070) →  236

Minimum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Oscil. frequency → Minimum value (6071)

Description Displays the lowest previously measured oscillation frequency.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Endress+Hauser 235
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Maximum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Oscil. frequency → Maximum value (6070)

Description Displays the highest previously measured oscillation frequency.

User interface Signed floating-point number

"[Link]." submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → [Link].

‣ [Link].

Minimum value (6069) →  236

Maximum value (6068) →  236

Minimum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → [Link]. → Minimum value (6069)

Prerequisite Only available for Promass I.

For the following order code:

"Application package", option EB "Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring"

Description Displays the lowest previously measured torsion oscillation frequency.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Maximum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → [Link]. → Maximum value (6068)

Prerequisite Only available for Promass I.

For the following order code:

"Application package", option EB "Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring"

Description Displays the highest previously measured torsion oscillation frequency.

236 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

User interface Signed floating-point number

"Oscil. amplitude" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Oscil. amplitude

‣ Oscil. amplitude

Minimum value (6010) →  237

Maximum value (6009) →  237

Minimum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Oscil. amplitude → Minimum value (6010)

Description Displays the lowest previously measured oscillation amplitude.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Maximum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Oscil. amplitude → Maximum value (6009)

Description Displays the highest previously measured oscillation amplitude.

User interface Signed floating-point number

"Tor. osc. amp." submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Tor. osc. amp.

‣ Tor. osc. amp.

Minimum value (6008) →  238

Maximum value (6007) →  238

Endress+Hauser 237
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Minimum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Tor. osc. amp. → Minimum value (6008)

Prerequisite Only available for Promass I.

For the following order code:

"Application package", option EB "Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring"

Description Displays the lowest previously measured torsion oscillation amplitude.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Maximum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Tor. osc. amp. → Maximum value (6007)

Prerequisite Only available for Promass I.

For the following order code:

"Application package", option EB "Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring"

Description Displays the highest previously measured torsion oscillation amplitude.

User interface Signed floating-point number

"Oscil. damping" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Oscil. damping

‣ Oscil. damping

Minimum value (6122) →  238

Maximum value (6121) →  239

Minimum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Oscil. damping → Minimum value (6122)

Description Displays the lowest previously measured oscillation damping.

User interface Signed floating-point number

238 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Maximum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Oscil. damping → Maximum value (6121)

Description Displays the highest previously measured oscillation damping.

User interface Signed floating-point number

"[Link]." submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → [Link].

‣ [Link].

Minimum value (6120) →  239

Maximum value (6119) →  239

Minimum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → [Link]. → Minimum value (6120)

Prerequisite Only available for Promass I.

For the following order code:

"Application package", option EB "Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring"

Description Displays the lowest previously measured torsion oscillation damping.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Maximum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → [Link]. → Maximum value (6119)

Prerequisite Only available for Promass I.

For the following order code:

"Application package", option EB "Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring"

Description Displays the highest previously measured torsion oscillation damping.

Endress+Hauser 239
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

User interface Signed floating-point number

"Signal asymmetry" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Signal asymmetry

‣ Signal asymmetry

Minimum value (6015) →  240

Maximum value (6014) →  240

Minimum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Signal asymmetry → Minimum value

(6015)

Description Displays the lowest previously measured signal asymmetry.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Maximum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → Signal asymmetry → Maximum value

(6014)

Description Displays the highest previously measured signal asymmetry.

User interface Signed floating-point number

"Torsion signal asymmetry" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → [Link].

‣ [Link].

Minimum value (6284) →  241

Maximum value (6283) →  241

240 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Minimum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → [Link]. → Minimum value (6284)

Prerequisite Only available for Promass I.

For the following order code:

"Application package", option EB "Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring"

Description Displays the lowest previously measured torsion signal asymmetry.

User interface Signed floating-point number

Maximum value

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Min/max val. → [Link]. → Maximum value (6283)

Prerequisite Only available for Promass I.

For the following order code:

"Application package", option EB "Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring"

Description Displays the highest previously measured torsion signal asymmetry.

User interface Signed floating-point number

3.8.12 "Data logging" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging

‣ Data logging

Assign chan. 1 →  242

Assign chan. 2 →  244

Assign chan. 3 →  244

Assign chan. 4 →  244

Logging interval →  245

Clear logging →  245

Data logging →  246

Endress+Hauser 241
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Logging delay →  246

Data [Link] →  246

Data log. status →  247

Logging duration →  247

‣ [Link] 1 →  248

‣ [Link] 2 →  249

‣ [Link] 3 →  250

‣ [Link] 4 →  250

Assign chan. 1 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Assign chan. 1 (0851)

Prerequisite The Extended HistoROM application package is available.

The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Use this function to select a process variable for the data logging channel.

Selection • Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• Density
• [Link]
• [Link].
• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density
• Oil mass flow

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

242 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

• Water mass flow

• Oil volume flow
• Water vol. flow
• Oil [Link].
• Water [Link].
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Temperature
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1 *
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1 *
• Oscil. amplitude *
• Osc. ampl. 1 *
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1 *
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1 *
• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1 *
• HBSI
• [Link] 1
• [Link] 2 *
• [Link] 3 *
• Pressure

Factory setting Off

Additional information Description

A total of 1000 measured values can be logged. This means:
• 1000 data points if 1 logging channel is used
• 500 data points if 2 logging channels are used
• 333 data points if 3 logging channels are used
• 250 data points if 4 logging channels are used
Once the maximum number of data points is reached, the oldest data points in the data log
are cyclically overwritten in such a way that the last 1000, 500, 333 or 250 measured
values are always in the log (ring memory principle).
The log contents are cleared if the option selected is changed.

Selection
Detailed description of the options Oscil. frequency, Oscil. amplitude, Oscil.
damping and Signal asymmetry: Assign curr. parameter (→  115)

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 243
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Assign chan. 2 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Assign chan. 2 (0852)

Prerequisite The Extended HistoROM application package is available.

The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Options for the assignment of a process variable to the data logging channel.

Selection Picklist, see Assign channel 1 parameter (→  242)

Factory setting Off

Assign chan. 3 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Assign chan. 3 (0853)

Prerequisite The Extended HistoROM application package is available.

The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Options for the assignment of a process variable to the data logging channel.

Selection Picklist, see Assign channel 1 parameter (→  242)

Factory setting Off

Assign chan. 4 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Assign chan. 4 (0854)

Prerequisite The Extended HistoROM application package is available.

The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Options for the assignment of a process variable to the data logging channel.

Selection Picklist, see Assign channel 1 parameter (→  242)

Factory setting Off

244 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Logging interval 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Logging interval (0856)

Prerequisite The Extended HistoROM application package is available.

The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Use this function to enter the logging interval Tlog for data logging.

User entry 0.1 to 3 600.0 s

Factory setting 1.0 s

Additional information Description

This defines the interval between the individual data points in the data log, and thus the
maximum loggable process time Tlog:
• If 1 logging channel is used: Tlog = 1000 × tlog
• If 2 logging channels are used: Tlog = 500 × tlog
• If 3 logging channels are used: Tlog = 333 × tlog
• If 4 logging channels are used: Tlog = 250 × tlog
Once this time elapses, the oldest data points in the data log are cyclically overwritten such
that a time of Tlog always remains in the memory (ring memory principle).
The log contents are cleared if the length of the logging interval is changed.

Example
If 1 logging channel is used:
• Tlog = 1000 × 1 s = 1 000 s ≈15 min
• Tlog = 1000 × 10 s = 10 000 s ≈ 3 h
• Tlog = 1000 × 80 s = 80 000 s ≈ 1 d
• Tlog = 1000 × 3 600 s = 3 600 000 s ≈ 41 d

Clear logging 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Clear logging (0855)

Prerequisite The Extended HistoROM application package is available.

The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).

Description Use this function to clear the entire logging data.

Selection • Cancel
• Clear data

Factory setting Cancel

Endress+Hauser 245
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Selection

• Cancel
The data is not cleared. All the data is retained.
• Clear data
The logging data is cleared. The logging process starts from the beginning.

Data logging 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Data logging (0860)

Description Use this function to select the data logging method.

Selection • Overwriting
• Not overwriting

Factory setting Overwriting

Additional information Selection

• Overwriting
The device memory applies the FIFO principle.
• Not overwriting
Data logging is canceled if the measured value memory is full (single shot).

Logging delay 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Logging delay (0859)

Prerequisite In the Data logging parameter (→  246), the Not overwriting option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter the time delay for measured value logging.

User entry 0 to 999 h

Factory setting 0h

Additional information Description

Once measured value logging has been started with the Data [Link] parameter
(→  246), the device does not save any data for the duration of the time delay entered.

Data [Link] 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Data [Link] (0857)

Prerequisite In the Data logging parameter (→  246), the Not overwriting option is selected.

246 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Description Use this function to start and stop measured value logging.

Selection • None
• Delete + start
• Stop

Factory setting None

Additional information Selection

• None
Initial measured value logging status.
• Delete + start
All the measured values recorded for all the channels are deleted and measured value
logging starts again.
• Stop
Measured value logging is stopped.

Data log. status

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Data log. status (0858)

Prerequisite In the Data logging parameter (→  246), the Not overwriting option is selected.

Description Displays the measured value logging status.

User interface • Done

• Delay active
• Active
• Stopped

Factory setting Done

Additional information Selection

• Done
Measured value logging has been performed and completed successfully.
• Delay active
Measured value logging has been started but the logging interval has not yet elapsed.
• Active
The logging interval has elapsed and measured value logging is active.
• Stopped
Measured value logging is stopped.

Logging duration

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → Logging duration (0861)

Prerequisite In the Data logging parameter (→  246), the Not overwriting option is selected.

Description Displays the total logging duration.

Endress+Hauser 247
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

User interface Positive floating-point number

Factory setting 0s

"[Link] 1" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → [Link] 1

▸ [Link] 1

Display channel 1 →  248

Display channel 1

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → [Link] 1

Prerequisite The Extended HistoROM application package is available.

The software options currently enabled are displayed in the SW option overv.
parameter (→  47).
One of the following options is selected in the Assign chan. 1 parameter (→  242):
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *
• Density
• [Link]
• Concentration *
• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Carr. pipe temp. *
• Electronic temp.
• [Link] 1
• Osc. freq. 0
• Osc. freq. 1 *
• Freq. fluct. 0
• Freq. fluct. 1 *
• Oscil. amplitude *
• Osc. ampl. 1 *
• Osc. damping 0
• Osc. damping 1 *
• [Link] 0
• [Link] 1 *

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

248 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

• Signal asymmetry
• Exc. current 0
• Exc. current 1 *

Description Displays the measured value trend for the logging channel in the form of a chart.

Additional information Prerequisite

Detailed description of the options Oscil. frequency, Oscil. amplitude, Oscil.
damping and Signal asymmetry: Assign curr. parameter (→  115)

Description

/ ../XXXXXXXX
175.77

40.69 kg/h
-100s 0

A0016357

9 Chart of a measured value trend

• x-axis: depending on the number of channels selected displays 250 to 1000 measured
values of a process variable.
• y-axis: displays the approximate measured value span and constantly adapts this to the
ongoing measurement.

"[Link] 2" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → [Link] 2

▸ [Link] 2

Display channel 2 →  249

Display channel 2

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → [Link] 2

Prerequisite A process variable is defined in the Assign chan. 2 parameter.

Description See the Display channel 1 parameter →  248

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 249
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

"[Link] 3" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → [Link] 3

▸ [Link] 3

Display channel 3 →  250

Display channel 3

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → [Link] 3

Prerequisite A process variable is defined in the Assign chan. 3 parameter.

Description See the Display channel 1 parameter →  248

"[Link] 4" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → [Link] 4

▸ [Link] 4

Display channel 4 →  250

Display channel 4

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Data logging → [Link] 4

Prerequisite A process variable is defined in the Assign chan. 4 parameter.

Description See the Display channel 1 parameter →  248

3.8.13 "Heartbeat" submenu

For detailed information on the parameter descriptions for the Heartbeat
Verification+Monitoringapplication package, refer to the Special Documentation for
the device →  7

250 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Heartbeat

‣ Heartbeat

‣ Base settings

‣ [Link].

‣ Verific. results

‣ HBT Monitoring

‣ Monitor. results

3.8.14 "Simulation" submenu

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation

‣ Simulation

Assign [Link]. (1810) →  252

Proc. var. value (1811) →  253

Status inp. sim. (1355) →  253

Signal level (1356) →  254

[Link] 1 to n sim. (1608–1 to n) →  254

Value [Link] 1 to n (1609–1 to n) →  255

[Link]. 1 to n sim. (0354–1 to n) →  255

Value [Link] 1 to n (0355–1 to n) →  255

FreqOutputSim 1 to n (0472–1 to n) →  256

Freq value 1 to n (0473–1 to n) →  256

[Link]. 1 to n (0458–1 to n) →  257

Pulse value 1 to n (0459–1 to n) →  257

Switch sim. 1 to n (0462–1 to n) →  257

Switch status 1 to n (0463–1 to n) →  258

Endress+Hauser 251
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Relay out. 1 to n sim (0802–1 to n) →  258

Switch status 1 to n (0803–1 to n) →  259

[Link]. (0988) →  259

Pulse value (0989) →  260

Dev. alarm sim. (0654) →  260

Event category (0738) →  261

Diag. event sim. (0737) →  261

Assign [Link]. 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Assign [Link]. (1810)

Description Use this function to select a process variable for the simulation process that is activated.
The display alternates between the measured value and a diagnostic message of the
"Function check" category (C) while simulation is in progress.

Selection • Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• [Link]
• Target vol. flow
• Carrier vol. fl.
• [Link]
• [Link]
• Density
• [Link]
• [Link].
• GSV flow
• GSVa
• NSV flow
• NSVa
• S&W volume flow
• Water cut
• Oil density
• Water density
• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water vol. flow
• Oil [Link].
• Water [Link].
• Density average
• Temp. average
• Temperature

252 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

• Dynam. viscosity *
• Kinematic visc. *
• TempCompDynVisc *
• TempCompKinVisc *
• Concentration *
• Target mass flow *
• Carrier mass fl. *

Factory setting Off

Additional information Description

The simulation value of the process variable selected is defined in the Proc. var. value
parameter (→  253).

Proc. var. value 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Proc. var. value (1811)

Prerequisite A process variable is selected in the Assign [Link]. parameter (→  252).

Description Use this function to enter a simulation value for the selected process variable. Subsequent
measured value processing and the signal output use this simulation value. In this way,
users can verify whether the measuring device has been configured correctly.

User entry Depends on the process variable selected

Factory setting 0

Additional information User entry

The unit of the displayed measured value is taken from the System units submenu
(→  64).

Status inp. sim. 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Status inp. sim. (1355)

Description Use this function to switch simulation of the status input on and off. The display alternates
between the measured value and a diagnostic message of the "Function check" category (C)
while simulation is in progress.

Selection • Off
• On

Factory setting Off

* Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser 253
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Description

The desired simulation value is defined in the Signal level parameter (→  254).

Selection
• Off
Simulation for the status input is switched off. The device is in normal measuring mode
or another process variable is being simulated.
• On
Simulation for the status input is active.

Signal level 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Signal level (1356)

Prerequisite In the Status inp. sim. parameter (→  253), the On option is selected.

Description Use this function to select the signal level for the simulation of the status input. In this
way, users can verify the correct configuration of the status input and the correct function
of upstream feed-in units.

Selection • High
• Low

[Link] 1 to n sim. 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → [Link] 1 to n sim. (1608–1 to n)

Description Option for switching simulation of the current input on and off. The display alternates
between the measured value and a diagnostic message of the "Function check" category (C)
while simulation is in progress.
The desired simulation value is defined in the Value [Link] 1 to n parameter.

Selection • Off
• On

Factory setting Off

Additional information Selection

• Off
Current simulation is switched off. The device is in normal measuring mode or another
process variable is being simulated.
• On
Current simulation is active.

254 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Value [Link] 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Value [Link] 1 to n (1609–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the [Link] 1 to n sim. parameter, the On option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter the current value for the simulation. In this way, users can verify
the correct configuration of the current input and the correct function of upstream feed-in
units.

User entry 0 to 22.5 mA

[Link]. 1 to n sim. 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → [Link]. 1 to n sim. (0354–1 to n)

Description Use this function to switch simulation of the current output on and off. The display
alternates between the measured value and a diagnostic message of the "Function check"
category (C) while simulation is in progress.

Selection • Off
• On

Factory setting Off

Additional information Description

The desired simulation value is defined in the Value [Link] 1 to n parameter.

Selection
• Off
Current simulation is switched off. The device is in normal measuring mode or another
process variable is being simulated.
• On
Current simulation is active.

Value [Link] 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Value [Link] 1 to n (0355–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the [Link]. 1 to n sim. parameter, the On option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter a current value for the simulation. In this way, users can verify
the correct adjustment of the current output and the correct function of downstream
switching units.

User entry 3.59 to 22.5 mA

Endress+Hauser 255
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Dependency

The input range is dependent on the option selected in the Current span parameter
(→  116).

FreqOutputSim 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → FreqOutputSim 1 to n (0472–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Operating mode parameter (→  130), the Frequency option is selected.

Description Use this function to switch simulation of the frequency output on and off. The display
alternates between the measured value and a diagnostic message of the "Function check"
category (C) while simulation is in progress.

Selection • Off
• On

Factory setting Off

Additional information Description

The desired simulation value is defined in the Freq value 1 to n parameter.

Selection
• Off
Frequency simulation is switched off. The device is in normal measuring mode or
another process variable is being simulated.
• On
Frequency simulation is active.

Freq value 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Freq value 1 to n (0473–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the FreqOutputSim 1 to n parameter, the On option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter a frequency value for the simulation. In this way, users can verify
the correct adjustment of the frequency output and the correct function of downstream
switching units.

User entry 0.0 to 12 500.0 Hz

256 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

[Link]. 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → [Link]. 1 to n (0458–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Operating mode parameter (→  130), the Pulse option is selected.

Description Use this function to switch simulation of the pulse output on and off. The display
alternates between the measured value and a diagnostic message of the "Function check"
category (C) while simulation is in progress.

Selection • Off
• Fixed value
• Down-count. val.

Factory setting Off

Additional information Description

The desired simulation value is defined in the Pulse value 1 to n parameter.

Selection
• Off
Pulse simulation is switched off. The device is in normal measuring mode or another
process variable is being simulated.
• Fixed value
Pulses are continuously output with the pulse width specified in the Pulse width
parameter (→  133).
• Down-count. val.
The pulses specified in the Pulse value parameter (→  257) are output.

Pulse value 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Pulse value 1 to n (0459–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the [Link]. 1 to n parameter, the Down-count. val. option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter a pulse value for the simulation. In this way, users can verify the
correct adjustment of the pulse output and the correct function of downstream switching
units.

User entry 0 to 65 535

Switch sim. 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Switch sim. 1 to n (0462–1 to n)

Prerequisite In the Operating mode parameter (→  130), the Switch option is selected.

Endress+Hauser 257
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Description Use this function to switch simulation of the switch output on and off. The display
alternates between the measured value and a diagnostic message of the "Function check"
category (C) while simulation is in progress.

Selection • Off
• On

Factory setting Off

Additional information Description

The desired simulation value is defined in the Switch status 1 to n parameter.

Selection
• Off
Switch simulation is switched off. The device is in normal measuring mode or another
process variable is being simulated.
• On
Switch simulation is active.

Switch status 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Switch status 1 to n (0463–1 to n)

Description Use this function to select a switch value for the simulation. In this way, users can verify
the correct adjustment of the switch output and the correct function of downstream
switching units.

Selection • Open
• Closed

Additional information Selection

• Open
Switch simulation is switched off. The device is in normal measuring mode or another
process variable is being simulated.
• Closed
Switch simulation is active.

Relay out. 1 to n sim 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Relay out. 1 to n sim (0802–1 to n)

Description Use this function to switch simulation of the relay output on and off. The display
alternates between the measured value and a diagnostic message of the "Function check"
category (C) while simulation is in progress.

Selection • Off
• On

Factory setting Off

258 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Additional information Description

The desired simulation value is defined in the Switch status 1 to n parameter.

Selection
• Off
Relay simulation is switched off. The device is in normal measuring mode or another
process variable is being simulated.
• On
Relay simulation is active.

Switch status 1 to n 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Switch status 1 to n (0803–1 to n)

Prerequisite The On option is selected in the Switch sim. 1 to n parameter parameter.

Description Use this function to select a relay value for the simulation. In this way, users can verify the
correct adjustment of the relay output and the correct function of downstream switching
units.

Selection • Open
• Closed

Additional information Selection

• Open
Relay simulation is switched off. The device is in normal measuring mode or another
process variable is being simulated.
• Closed
Relay simulation is active.

[Link]. 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → [Link]. (0988)

Description Use this function to switch simulation of the double pulse output on and off. The display
alternates between the measured value and a diagnostic message of the "Function check"
category (C) while simulation is in progress.

Selection • Off
• Fixed value
• Down-count. val.

Factory setting Off

Endress+Hauser 259
Description of device parameters Proline Promass 300 HART

Additional information Description

The desired simulation value is defined in the Pulse value parameter (→  260).

Selection
• Off
Simulation of the double pulse output is switched off. The device is in normal measuring
mode or another process variable is being simulated.
• Fixed value
Pulses are continuously output with the pulse width specified in the Pulse width
parameter (→  159).
• Down-count. val.
The pulses specified in the Pulse value parameter (→  260) are output.

Pulse value 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Pulse value (0989)

Prerequisite In the [Link]. parameter (→  259), the Down-count. val. option is selected.

Description Use this function to enter a pulse value for simulation of the double pulse output. In this
way, users can verify the correct adjustment of the double pulse output and the correct
function of downstream switching units.

User entry 0 to 65 535

Dev. alarm sim. 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Dev. alarm sim. (0654)

Description Use this function to switch the device alarm on and off.

Selection • Off
• On

Factory setting Off

Additional information Description

The display alternates between the measured value and a diagnostic message of the
"Function check" category (C) while simulation is in progress.

260 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Description of device parameters

Event category 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Event category (0738)

Description Use this function to select the category of the diagnostic events that are displayed for the
simulation in the Diag. event sim. parameter (→  261).

Selection • Sensor
• Electronics
• Configuration
• Process

Factory setting Process

Diag. event sim. 

Navigation  Expert → Diagnostics → Simulation → Diag. event sim. (0737)

Description Use this function to select a diagnostic event for the simulation process that is activated.

Selection • Off
• Diagnostic event picklist (depends on the category selected)

Factory setting Off

Additional information Description

For the simulation, you can choose from the diagnostic events of the category selected
in the Event category parameter (→  261).

Endress+Hauser 261
Country-specific factory settings Proline Promass 300 HART

4 Country-specific factory settings

4.1 SI units
Not valid for USA and Canada.

4.1.1 System units

Mass kg

Mass flow kg/h

Volume l

Volume flow l/h

Corrected volume Nl

Corrected volume flow Nl/h

Density kg/l

Reference density kg/Nl

Temperature °C

Pressure bar a

4.1.2 Full scale values

The factory settings applie to the following parameters:
• 20 mA value (full scale value of the current output)
• 100% bar graph value 1
For detailed information about the full scale value for measuring devices for custody
transfer, see the Special Documentation for the device →  7

Nominal diameter
[mm] [kg/h]

1 4

2 20

4 90

8 400

15 1 300

15 FB 3 600

25 3 600

25 FB 9 000

40 9 000

40 FB 14 000

50 14 000

50 FB 36 000

80 36 000

100 60 000

150 130 t/h

250 360 t/h

350 650 t/h

262 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Country-specific factory settings

4.1.3 Output current span

Current output 1 to n 4 to 20 mA NAMUR

4.1.4 Pulse value

For detailed information about the pulse value for measuring devices for custody
transfer, see the Special Documentation for the device →  7

Nominal diameter
[mm] [kg/p]

1 0.001

2 0.01

4 0.01

8 0.1

15 0.1

15 FB 1

25 1

25 FB 1

40 1

40 FB 10

50 10

50 FB 10

80 10

100 10

150 100

250 100

350 100

4.1.5 On value low flow cut off

The switch-on point depends on the type of medium and the nominal diameter.

Nominal diameter On-value for liquid

[mm] [kg/h]

1 0.08

2 0.4

4 1.8

8 8

15 26

15 FB 72

25 72

25 FB 180

40 180

40 FB 300

50 300

50 FB 720

Endress+Hauser 263
Country-specific factory settings Proline Promass 300 HART

Nominal diameter On-value for liquid

[mm] [kg/h]

80 720

100 1 200

150 2.6 t/h

250 7.2 t/h

350 13 t/h

Nominal diameter Switch-on value for gas

[mm] [kg/h]

1 0.02

2 0.1

4 0.45

8 2

15 6.5

15 FB 18

25 18

25 FB 45

40 45

40 FB 75

50 75

50 FB 180

80 180

100 300

150 650

250 1.8 t/h

350 3.25 t/h

4.2 US units
Only valid for USA and Canada.

4.2.1 System units

Mass lb

Mass flow lb/min

Volume gal (us)

Volume flow gal/min (us)

Corrected volume Sft³

Corrected volume flow Sft³/min

Density lb/ft³

Reference density lb/Sft³

Temperature °F

Pressure psi a

264 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Country-specific factory settings

4.2.2 Full scale values

The factory settings applie to the following parameters:
• 20 mA value (full scale value of the current output)
• 100% bar graph value 1
For detailed information about the full scale value for measuring devices for custody
transfer, see the Special Documentation for the device →  7

Nominal diameter
[in] [lb/min]

¹/₂₄ 0.15

¹/₁₂ 0.75

¹/₈ 3.3

³/₈ 15

½ 50

½ FB 130

1 130

1 FB 330

1½ 330

1½ FB 550

2 550

2 FB 1 300

3 1 300

4 2 200

6 4 800

10 13 000

14 23 500

4.2.3 Output current span

Current output 1 to n 4 to 20 mA US

4.2.4 Pulse value

For detailed information about the pulse value for measuring devices for custody
transfer, see the Special Documentation for the device →  7

Nominal diameter
[in] [lb/p]

¹/₂₄ 0.002

¹/₁₂ 0.02

¹/₈ 0.02

³/₈ 0.2

½ 0.2

½ FB 2

1 2

1 FB 2

1½ 2

Endress+Hauser 265
Country-specific factory settings Proline Promass 300 HART

Nominal diameter
[in] [lb/p]

1½ FB 20

2 20

2 FB 20

3 20

4 20

6 200

10 200

14 200

4.2.5 On value low flow cut off

The switch-on point depends on the type of medium and the nominal diameter.

Nominal diameter On-value for liquid

[in] [lb/min]

¹/₂₄ 0.003

¹/₁₂ 0.015

¹/₈ 0.066

³/₈ 0.3

½ 1

½ FB 2.6

1 2.6

1 FB 6.6

1½ 6.6

1½ FB 11

2 11

2 FB 26

3 26

4 44

6 95

10 260

14 470

Nominal diameter Switch-on value for gas

[in] [lb/min]

¹/₂₄ 0.001

¹/₁₂ 0.004

¹/₈ 0.016

³/₈ 0.075

½ 0.25

½ FB 0.65

1 0.65

1 FB 1.65

266 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Country-specific factory settings

Nominal diameter Switch-on value for gas

[in] [lb/min]

1½ 1.65

1½ FB 2.75

2 2.75

2 FB 6.5

3 6.5

4 11

6 23.75

10 65

14 117.5

Endress+Hauser 267
Explanation of abbreviated units Proline Promass 300 HART

5 Explanation of abbreviated units

5.1 SI units
Process variable Units Explanation

Density g/cm³, g/m³ Gram/volume unit

kg/dm³, kg/l, kg/m³ Kilogram/volume unit

SD4°C, SD15°C, SD20°C Specific density: The specific density is the ratio of the
density of the fluid to the density of water at a water
temperature of 4 °C (39 °F), 15 °C (59 °F), 20 °C (68 °F).

SG4°C, SG15°C, SG20°C Specific gravity: The specific gravity is the ratio of the
density of the fluid to the density of water at a water
temperature of 4 °C (39 °F), 15 °C (59 °F), 20 °C (68 °F).

Pressure Pa a, kPa a, MPa a Pascal, kilopascal, megapascal (absolute)

bar Bar

Pa g, kPa g, MPa g Pascal, kilopascal, megapascal (relative/gauge)

bar g Bar (relative/gauge)

Mass g, kg, t Gram, kilogram, metric ton

Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d Gram/time unit

kg/s, kg/min, kg/h, kg/d Kilogram/time unit

t/s, t/min, t/h, t/d Metric ton/time unit

[Link] kg/Nm³, kg/Nl, g/Scm³, kg/Sm³ Kilogram, gram/standard volume unit

Corrected Nl, Nm³, Sm³ Normal liter, normal cubic meter, standard cubic meter
volume

[Link] Nl/s, Nl/min, Nl/h, Nl/d Normal liter/time unit

Nm³/s, Nm³/min, Nm³/h, Nm³/d Normal cubic meter/time unit

Sm³/s, Sm³/min, Sm³/h, Sm³/d Standard cubic meter/time unit

Temperature °C , K Celsius, Kelvin

Volume cm³, dm³, m³ Cubic centimeter, cubic decimeter, cubic meter

ml, l, hl, Ml Mega Milliliter, liter, hectoliter, megaliter

Volume flow cm³/s, cm³/min, cm³/h, cm³/d Cubic centimeter/time unit

dm³/s, dm³/min, dm³/h, dm³/d Cubic decimeter/time unit

m³/s, m³/min, m³/h, m³/d Cubic meter/time unit

ml/s, ml/min, ml/h, ml/d Milliliter/time unit

l/s, l/min, l/h, l/d Liter/time unit

hl/s, hl/min, hl/h, hl/d Hectoliter/time unit

Ml/s, Ml/min, Ml/h, Ml/d Megaliter/time unit

Time s, m, h, d, y Second, minute, hour, day, year

5.2 US units
Process variable Units Explanation

Density lb/ft³, lb/gal (us) Pound/cubic foot, pound/gallon

lb/bbl (us;liq.), lb/bbl (us;beer), Pound/volume unit

lb/bbl (us;oil), lb/bbl (us;tank)

268 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Explanation of abbreviated units

Process variable Units Explanation

Pressure psi a Pounds per square inch (absolute)

psi g Pounds per square inch (gauge)

Mass oz, lb, STon Ounce, pound, standard ton

Mass flow oz/s, oz/min, oz/h, oz/d Ounce/time unit

lb/s, lb/min, lb/h, lb/d Pound/time unit

STon/s, STon/min, STon/h, STon/d Standard ton/time unit

[Link] lb/Sft³ Weight unit/standard volume unit

Corrected Sft³, Sgal (us), Sbbl (us;liq.) Standard cubic foot, standard gallon, standard barrel
volume

[Link] Sft³/s, Sft³/min, Sft³/h, Sft³/d Standard cubic foot/time unit

Sgal/s (us), Sgal/min (us), Sgal/h Standard gallon/time unit

(us), Sgal/d (us)

Sbbl/s (us;liq.), Sbbl/min (us;liq.), Barrel/time unit (normal liquids)

Sbbl/h (us;liq.), Sbbl/d (us;liq.)

Temperature °F, °R Fahrenheit, Rankine

Volume af Acre foot

ft³ Cubic foot

fl oz (us), gal (us), kgal (us), Mgal Fluid ounce, gallon, kilogallon, million gallon
(us)

bbl (us;liq.), bbl (us;beer), bbl Barrel (normal liquids), barrel (beer), barrel
(us;oil), bbl (us;tank) (petrochemicals), barrel (filling tanks)

Volume flow af/s, af/min, af/h, af/d Acre foot/time unit

ft³/s, ft³/min, ft³/h, ft³/d Cubic foot/time unit

fl oz/s (us), fl oz/min (us), fl oz/h Fluid ounce/time unit

(us), fl oz/d (us)

gal/s (us), gal/min (us), gal/h (us), Gallon/time unit

gal/d (us)

kgal/s (us), kgal/min (us), kgal/h Kilogallon/time unit

(us), kgal/d (us)

Mgal/s (us), Mgal/min (us), Million gallon/time unit

Mgal/h (us), Mgal/d (us)

bbl/s (us;liq.), bbl/min (us;liq.), Barrel/time unit (normal liquids)

bbl/h (us;liq.), bbl/d (us;liq.) Normal liquids: 31.5 gal/bbl

bbl/s (us;beer), bbl/min (us;beer), Barrel /time unit (beer)

bbl/h (us;beer), bbl/d (us;beer) Beer: 31.0 gal/bbl

bbl/s (us;oil), bbl/min (us;oil), Barrel/time unit (petrochemicals)

bbl/h (us;oil), bbl/d (us;oil) Petrochemicals: 42.0 gal/bbl

bbl/s (us;tank), bbl/min (us;tank), Barrel/time unit (filling tank)

bbl/h (us;tank), bbl/d (us;tank) Filling tanks: 55.0 gal/bbl

Time s, m, h, d, y Second, minute, hour, day, year

am, pm Ante meridiem ( before midday), post meridiem (after

midday)

Endress+Hauser 269
Explanation of abbreviated units Proline Promass 300 HART

5.3 Imperial units

Process variable Units Explanation

Density lb/gal (imp), lb/bbl (imp;beer), Pound/volume unit

lb/bbl (imp;oil)

Corrected Sgal (imp) Standard gallon

volume

[Link] Sgal/s (imp), Sgal/min (imp), Standard gallon/time unit

Sgal/h (imp), Sgal/d (imp)

Volume gal (imp), Mgal (imp) Gallon, mega gallon

bbl (imp;beer), bbl (imp;oil) Barrel (beer), barrel (petrochemicals)

Volume flow gal/s (imp), gal/min (imp), gal/h Gallon/time unit

(imp), gal/d (imp)

Mgal/s (imp), Mgal/min (imp), Mega gallon/time unit

Mgal/h (imp), Mgal/d (imp)

bbl/s (imp;beer), bbl/min Barrel /time unit (beer)

(imp;beer), bbl/h (imp;beer), bbl/d Beer: 36.0 gal/bbl
(imp;beer)

bbl/s (imp;oil), bbl/min (imp;oil), Barrel/time unit (petrochemicals)

bbl/h (imp;oil), bbl/d (imp;oil) Petrochemicals: 34.97 gal/bbl

Time s, m, h, d, y Second, minute, hour, day, year

am, pm Ante meridiem ( before midday), post meridiem (after

midday)

270 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Index

Index
0…9 Assign status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147, 153
0/4 mA value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 117 Assign status input (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
0% bargraph value 1 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Assign SV (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
0% bargraph value 3 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Assign TV (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
2.4 GHz WLAN channel (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
20 mA value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 119 B
100% bargraph value 1 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Backlight (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
100% bargraph value 3 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Backup state (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Bootloader revision (Parameter) 225, 226, 228, 230,
A 231
Access status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Build no. software (Parameter) 225, 226, 228, 229, 230
Activate SW option (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Burst command (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Active level (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Burst command 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Actual diagnostics (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Burst configuration 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Administration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Burst mode 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Alarm delay (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Burst trigger level (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Alteration code (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Burst trigger mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Application (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Burst variable 0 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Apply I/O configuration (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Burst variable 1 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 046 (Parameter) . . . 35 Burst variable 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 140 (Parameter) . . . 35 Burst variable 3 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 144 (Parameter) . . . 36 Burst variable 4 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 302 (Parameter) . . . 37 Burst variable 5 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 374 (Parameter) . . . 36 Burst variable 6 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 441 (Parameter) . . . 37 Burst variable 7 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 442 (Parameter) . . . 37
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 443 (Parameter) . . . 38 C
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 444 (Parameter) . . . 38 C0 to 5 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 543 (Parameter) . . . 38 Calculated values (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 830 (Parameter) . . . 39 Calibration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 831 (Parameter) . . . 39 Calibration factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 832 (Parameter) . . . 39 Capture mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 833 (Parameter) . . . 40 Carrier corrected volume flow (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 55
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 834 (Parameter) . . . 40 Carrier mass flow (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 835 (Parameter) . . . 40 Carrier pipe temperature (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 862 (Parameter) . . . 41 Carrier volume flow (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 912 (Parameter) . . . 41 Clear logging data (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 913 (Parameter) . . . 41 Communication (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 944 (Parameter) . . . 42 Comparison result (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 948 (Parameter) . . . 42 Concentration (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Assign channel 1 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Concentration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Assign channel 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Configuration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162, 168
Assign channel 3 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Configuration backup (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Assign channel 4 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Configuration counter (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Assign current output 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 115 Configuration management (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 31
Assign diagnostic behavior (Parameter) . . . . . . 143, 153 Confirm access code (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Assign flow direction check (Parameter) . . . . . . 147, 151 Connection state (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Assign frequency output (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Contrast display (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Assign limit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144, 152 Control Totalizer 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Assign process variable (Parameter) . . . . . . . 83, 86, 206 Corrected volume flow (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Assign pulse output 1 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Corrected volume flow calculation (Parameter) . . . . . . 94
Assign pulse output 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 132 Corrected volume flow calculation (Submenu) . . . . . . 93
Assign PV (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Corrected volume flow factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . 102
Assign QV (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Corrected volume flow offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . 102
Assign simulation process variable (Parameter) . . . . 252 Corrected volume flow unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Assign SSID name (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Corrected volume unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Endress+Hauser 271
Index Proline Promass 300 HART

Current input 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 108 100% bargraph value 3 (0126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Current input 1 to n simulation (Parameter) . . . . . . . 254 Access status (0005) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Current output 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Activate SW option (0029) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Current output 1 to n simulation (Parameter) . . . . . . 255 Active level
Current span (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 116 Status input 1 to n (1351–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . 113
Custody transfer (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Actual diagnostics (0691) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Custody transfer logbook (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Alarm delay (0651) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Alteration code (2762) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
D Apply I/O configuration (3907) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Damping output 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 125, 139 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 046 (0709) . . . . 35
Data logging (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 140 (0708) . . . . 35
Data logging (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 144 (0731) . . . . 36
Data logging control (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 302 (0739) . . . . 37
Data logging status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 374 (0710) . . . . 36
Date/time format (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 441 (0657) . . . . 37
Decimal places 1 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 442 (0658) . . . . 37
Decimal places 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 443 (0659) . . . . 38
Decimal places 3 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 444 (0740) . . . . 38
Decimal places 4 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 543 (0643) . . . . 38
Default gateway (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 830 (0800) . . . . 39
Define access code (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 831 (0641) . . . . 39
Define access code (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 832 (0681) . . . . 39
Density (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 833 (0682) . . . . 40
Density damping (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 834 (0700) . . . . 40
Density factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 835 (0702) . . . . 40
Density offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 862 (0679) . . . . 41
Density unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 912 (0703) . . . . 41
Device alarm simulation (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 913 (0712) . . . . 41
Device ID (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 178 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 944 (0732) . . . . 42
Device information (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Assign behavior of diagnostic no. 948 (0744) . . . . 42
Device name (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Assign channel 1 (0851) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Device reset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Assign channel 2 (0852) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Device revision (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Assign channel 3 (0853) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Device tag (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168, 221 Assign channel 4 (0854) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Device type (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 178 Assign current output 1 to n (0359–1 to n) . . . . . 115
DHCP client (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Assign diagnostic behavior
Diagnostic behavior (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0482–
Diagnostic configuration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Diagnostic event category (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Relay output 1 to n (0806–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 153
Diagnostic event simulation (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 261 Assign flow direction check
Diagnostic handling (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0484–
Diagnostic list (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Diagnostics (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Relay output 1 to n (0808–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 151
Diagnostics 1 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Assign frequency output
Diagnostics 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0478–
Diagnostics 3 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Diagnostics 4 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Assign limit
Diagnostics 5 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0483–
Direct access 1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
0/4 mA value Relay output 1 to n (0807–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 152
Current input 1 to n (1606–1 to n) . . . . . . . . 109 Assign process variable
Current output 1 to n (0367–1 to n) . . . . . . . 117 Totalizer 1 to n (0914–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
0% bargraph value 1 (0123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Assign process variable (1837) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
0% bargraph value 3 (0124) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Assign process variable (1860) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2.4 GHz WLAN channel (2704) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Assign pulse output 1 (0982–1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
20 mA value Assign pulse output 1 to n (0460–1 to n) . . . . . . 132
Current input 1 to n (1607–1 to n) . . . . . . . . 110 Assign PV (0234) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Current output 1 to n (0372–1 to n) . . . . . . . 119 Assign QV (0237) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
100% bargraph value 1 (0125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Assign simulation process variable (1810) . . . . . 252

272 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Index

Assign SSID name (2708) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Control Totalizer 1 to n (0912–1 to n) . . . . . . . . 208

Assign status Corrected volume flow (1851) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0485– Corrected volume flow calculation (1812) . . . . . . . 94
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Corrected volume flow factor (1867) . . . . . . . . . . 102
Relay output 1 to n (0805–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 153 Corrected volume flow offset (1866) . . . . . . . . . . 102
Assign status input Corrected volume flow unit (0558) . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Status input 1 to n (1352–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . 112 Corrected volume unit (0575) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Assign SV (0235) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Current input 1 to n simulation (1608–1 to n) . . . 254
Assign TV (0236) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Current output 1 to n simulation (0354–1 to n) . . 255
Backlight (0111) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Current span
Backup state (2759) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Current input 1 to n (1605–1 to n) . . . . . . . . 109
Bootloader revision Current output 1 to n (0353–1 to n) . . . . . . . 116
I/O module 2 (0073) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 230 Damping output 1 to n (0363–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 125
I/O module 3 (0073) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 230 Damping output 1 to n (0477–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 139
I/O module 4 (0073) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 230 Data logging (0860) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Mainboard I/O1 (0073) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Data logging control (0857) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Bootloader revision (0073) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 231 Data logging status (0858) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Build no. software Date/time format (2812) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
I/O module 2 (0079) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 229 Decimal places 1 (0095) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
I/O module 3 (0079) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 229 Decimal places 2 (0117) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
I/O module 4 (0079) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 229 Decimal places 3 (0118) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Mainboard I/O1 (0079) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Decimal places 4 (0119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Build no. software (0079) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 230 Default gateway (7210) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Burst command (7006) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Density (1850) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Burst command 1 to n (2031–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 171 Density damping (1803) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Burst mode 1 to n (2032–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Density factor (1849) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Burst trigger level Density offset (1848) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Burst configuration 1 to n (2043–1 to n) . . . . 176 Density unit (0555) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Burst trigger mode Device alarm simulation (0654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Burst configuration 1 to n (2044–1 to n) . . . . 175 Device ID (0221) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Burst variable 0 Device ID (7007) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Burst configuration 1 to n (2033) . . . . . . . . . 172 Device name (0020) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Burst variable 1 Device reset (0000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Burst configuration 1 to n (2034) . . . . . . . . . 173 Device revision (0204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Burst variable 2 Device tag (0011) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Burst configuration 1 to n (2035) . . . . . . . . . 174 Device tag (0215) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Burst variable 3 Device type (0209) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Burst configuration 1 to n (2036) . . . . . . . . . 174 Device type (7008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Burst variable 4 DHCP client (7212) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Burst configuration 1 to n (2037) . . . . . . . . . 174 Diagnostic event category (0738) . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Burst variable 5 Diagnostic event simulation (0737) . . . . . . . . . . 261
Burst configuration 1 to n (2038) . . . . . . . . . 174 Diagnostics 1 (0692) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Burst variable 6 Diagnostics 2 (0693) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Burst configuration 1 to n (2039) . . . . . . . . . 175 Diagnostics 3 (0694) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Burst variable 7 Diagnostics 4 (0695) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Burst configuration 1 to n (2040) . . . . . . . . . 175 Diagnostics 5 (0696) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
C0 to 5 (6022) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Direct access (0106) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Calibration factor (6025) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Display damping (0094) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Capture mode (7001) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Display interval (0096) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Carrier corrected volume flow (1894) . . . . . . . . . . 55 Display language (0104) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Carrier mass flow (1865) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Dynamic viscosity (1854) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Carrier volume flow (1896) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 ENP version (0012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Clear logging data (0855) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Enter access code (0003) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Comparison result (2760) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Entire logging duration (0861) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Concentration (1887) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Event category 046 (0246) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Configuration counter (0233) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Event category 140 (0244) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Configuration management (2758) . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Event category 374 (0245) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Connection state (2722) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Event category 441 (0210) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Contrast display (0105) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Event category 442 (0230) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Endress+Hauser 273
Index Proline Promass 300 HART

Event category 443 (0231) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 HART revision (0205) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Event category 444 (0211) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 HART short tag (0220) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Event category 543 (0276) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Header (0097) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Event category 830 (0240) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Header text (0112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Event category 831 (0241) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 High value partial filled pipe detection (1858) . . . . 87
Event category 832 (0218) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 I/O module 1 terminal numbers (3902–1) 227,
Event category 833 (0225) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 228, 229
Event category 834 (0227) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 I/O module 1 to n information (3906–1 to n) . . . 106
Event category 835 (0229) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 I/O module 1 to n terminal numbers (3902–
Event category 862 (0214) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Event category 912 (0243) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 I/O module 1 to n type (3901–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 106
Event category 913 (0242) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Input signal level (1356) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Event category 948 (0275) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Installation angle pitch (6236) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Extended order code 1 (0023) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Installation angle roll (6282) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Extended order code 2 (0021) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Installation direction (1809) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Extended order code 3 (0022) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Invert output signal
External pressure (6209) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0470–
External reference density (6198) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
External temperature (6080) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Invert output signal (0993) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Failure current IP address (7209) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Current output 1 to n (0352–1 to n) . . . . . . . 127 IP address domain name server (2720) . . . . . . . . 196
Failure frequency Kinematic viscosity (1857) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0474– Last backup (2757) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Linear expansion coefficient (1817) . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Failure mode Locking status (0004) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Current input 1 to n (1601–1 to n) . . . . . . . . 110 Logging delay (0859) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Current output 1 to n (0364–1 to n) . . . . . . . 126 Logging interval (0856) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0451– Login page (7273) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Low value partial filled pipe detection (1861) . . . . 86
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0480– MAC address (7214) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Manufacturer ID (0259) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0486– Manufacturer ID (7009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Mass flow (1838) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Relay output 1 to n (0811–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 155 Mass flow factor (1832) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Totalizer 1 to n (0901–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Mass flow offset (1831) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Failure mode (0985) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Mass flow unit (0554) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Failure mode (7011) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Mass unit (0574) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Failure value Master terminal number (0981) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Current input 1 to n (1602–1 to n) . . . . . . . . 111 Max. switch cycles number
Failure value (7012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Relay output 1 to n (0817–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . 63
Fieldbus writing access (0273) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Max. update period
Filter options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Burst configuration 1 to n (2041–1 to n) . . . . 177
Filter options (0705) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Maximum damping partial filled pipe det. (6040) . 88
Firmware version (0010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Maximum frequency value
Fixed current Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0454–
Current output 1 to n (0365–1 to n) . . . . . . . 117 1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Fixed reference density (1814) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Maximum value (6009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 238
Flow damping (1802) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Maximum value (6014) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Flow override (1839) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Maximum value (6029) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Format display (0098) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Maximum value (6051) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Frequency output simulation 1 to n (0472–1 to n) Maximum value (6068) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Maximum value (6070) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Frequency value 1 to n (0473–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 256 Maximum value (6108) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Gateway IP address (2719) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Maximum value (6119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Hardware revision (0206) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Maximum value (6121) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
HART address (0219) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Maximum value (6283) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
HART date code (0202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Measured current 1 to n (0366–1 to n) . . . . . 60, 128
HART descriptor (0212) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Measured current 1 to n (1604–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 59
HART message (0216) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Measured values 1 to n (1603–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 59

274 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Index

Measuring mode Pulse output simulation 1 to n (0458–1 to n) . . . 257

Current output 1 to n (0351–1 to n) . . . . . . . 120 Pulse value (0989) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0457– Pulse value 1 to n (0459–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Pulse width
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0479– Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0452–
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Measuring mode (0984) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Pulse width (0986) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Measuring value at maximum frequency Quaternary variable (QV) (0203) . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0475– Received signal strength (2721) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Reference density (1852) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Measuring value at minimum frequency Reference density factor (1869) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0476– Reference density offset (1868) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Reference density unit (0556) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Min. update period Reference sound velocity (6147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Burst configuration 1 to n (2042–1 to n) . . . . 176 Reference temperature (1816) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Minimum frequency value Relay output 1 to n simulation (0802–1 to n) . . . 258
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0453– Relay output function
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Relay output 1 to n (0804–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 151
Minimum value (6008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Reset access code (0024) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Minimum value (6010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Reset all totalizers (2806) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Minimum value (6015) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Reset min/max values (6151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Minimum value (6030) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Response time
Minimum value (6052) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Current output 1 to n (0378–1 to n) . . . . . . . 125
Minimum value (6069) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0491–
Minimum value (6071) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Minimum value (6109) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Response time part. filled pipe detect. (1859) . . . . 87
Minimum value (6120) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Response time status input
Minimum value (6122) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Status input 1 to n (1354–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . 113
Minimum value (6284) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Secondary variable (SV) (0226) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Multi-frequency activation (6242) . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Security identification (2718) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Network security (2705) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Select antenna (2713) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
No. of preambles (0217) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Select gas type (6074) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Nominal diameter (2807) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Select medium (6062) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Off value low flow cutoff (1804) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Separator (0101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
On value low flow cutoff (1805) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Serial number (0009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Operating mode Signal mode
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0469– Current input 1 to n (1610–1 to n) . . . . . . . . 109
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Current output 1 to n (0377–1 to n) . . . . . . . 114
Operating time (0652) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 44, 214 Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0490–
Operating time from restart (0653) . . . . . . . . . . 213 1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Order code (0008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Signal mode (0991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Output current 1 to n (0361–1 to n) . . . . . . . 60, 128 Slave terminal number (0990) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Output frequency 1 to n (0471–1 to n) . . . . . 61, 142 Slot number (7010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Phase shift (0992) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Software option overview (0015) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Powerless relay status Software revision
Relay output 1 to n (0816–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 156 I/O module 2 (0072) . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 228, 229
Preset value 1 to n (0913–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 I/O module 3 (0072) . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 228, 229
Pressure compensation (6130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 I/O module 4 (0072) . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 228, 229
Pressure shock suppression (1806) . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Mainboard I/O1 (0072) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Pressure unit (0564) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Software revision (0072) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 230
Pressure value (6059) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Software revision (0224) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Pressure value (6129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Square expansion coefficient (1818) . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Previous diagnostics (0690) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 SSID name (2707) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Primary variable (PV) (0201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 SSID name (2714) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Process variable value (1811) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Status (7004) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Progress (2808) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Status input simulation (1355) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Pulse output (0987) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 161 Subnet mask (7211) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Pulse output 1 to n (0456–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 61, 135 Switch cycles
Pulse output simulation (0988) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Relay output 1 to n (0815–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . 63

Endress+Hauser 275
Index Proline Promass 300 HART

Switch output function User energy offset (0599) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0481– User energy text (0600) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 User mass factor (0561) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Switch output simulation 1 to n (0462–1 to n) . . 257 User mass offset (0562) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Switch status User mass text (0560) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Relay output 1 to n (0801–1 to n) . . . . . . 63, 156 User name (2715) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Switch status 1 to n (0461–1 to n) . . . . . . . . 62, 149 User pressure factor (0579) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Switch status 1 to n (0463–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . 258 User pressure offset (0580) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Switch status 1 to n (0803–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . 259 User pressure text (0581) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Switch-off delay User specific-enthalpy factor (0583) . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0465– User specific-enthalpy offset (0584) . . . . . . . . . . . 78
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 User specific-enthalpy text (0585) . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Relay output 1 to n (0813–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 154 User volume factor (0568) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Switch-off value User volume offset (0569) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0464– User volume text (0567) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Value (7003) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Relay output 1 to n (0809–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 153 Value 1 display (0107) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Switch-on delay Value 2 display (0108) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0467– Value 3 display (0110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Value 4 display (0109) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Relay output 1 to n (0814–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 155 Value current input 1 to n (1609–1 to n) . . . . . . 255
Switch-on value Value current output 1 to n (0355–1 to n) . . . . . 255
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0466– Value per pulse
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0455–
Relay output 1 to n (0810–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 154 1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Target corrected volume flow (1893) . . . . . . . . . . 55 Value per pulse (0983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Target mass flow (1864) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Value status input
Target volume flow (1895) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Status input 1 to n (1353–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . 112
Temp. compensated dynamic viscosity (1872) . . . . 53 Value status input 1 to n (1353–1 to n) . . . . . . 59
Temp. compensated kinematic viscosity (1863) . . . 53 Volume flow (1847) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Temperature (1853) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Volume flow factor (1846) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Temperature coefficient sound velocity (6181) . . . 90 Volume flow offset (1841) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Temperature correction source (6184) . . . . . . . . . 92 Volume flow unit (0553) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Temperature damping (1822) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Volume unit (0563) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Temperature factor (1871) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Web server functionality (7222) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Temperature offset (1870) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Web server language (7221) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Temperature unit (0557) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 WLAN (2702) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Terminal number WLAN IP address (2711) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Current input 1 to n (1611–1 to n) . . . . . . . . 108 WLAN MAC address (2703) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Current output 1 to n (0379–1 to n) . . . . . . . 114 WLAN mode (2717) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (0492– WLAN passphrase (2706) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 WLAN password (2716) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Relay output 1 to n (0812–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . 150 WLAN subnet mask (2709) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Status input 1 to n (1358–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . 111 Zero point (6195) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Tertiary variable (TV) (0228) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Zero point adjustment control (6196) . . . . . . . . . . 98
Timeout (7005) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Direct access (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Timestamp . . . . . . . . . 212, 213, 215, 216, 217, 218 Display (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Totalizer operation mode Display channel 1 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Totalizer 1 to n (0908–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Display channel 2 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Totalizer overflow 1 to n (0910–1 to n) . . . . . . . . 57 Display channel 3 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Totalizer value 1 to n (0911–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Display channel 4 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Unit totalizer 1 to n (0915–1 to n) . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Display damping (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
User corrected volume factor (0590) . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Display interval (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
User corrected volume offset (0602) . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Display language (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
User corrected volume text (0592) . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Display module (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
User density factor (0572) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Document
User density offset (0571) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Explanation of the structure of a parameter
User density text (0570) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
User energy factor (0586) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

276 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Index

Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Frequency value 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Function
Target group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 see Parameter
Using the document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 G
Double pulse output (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 156 Gateway IP address (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Dynamic viscosity (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
H
E Hardware revision (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Electronic temperature (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 HART address (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
ENP version (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 HART date code (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Enter access code (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 HART descriptor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Entire logging duration (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 HART input (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Event category 046 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 HART message (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Event category 140 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 HART output (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Event category 374 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 HART revision (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Event category 441 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 HART short tag (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Event category 442 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Header (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Event category 443 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Header text (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Event category 444 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Heartbeat (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Event category 543 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 High value partial filled pipe detection (Parameter) . . 87
Event category 830 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Event category 831 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 I
Event category 832 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 I/O configuration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Event category 833 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 I/O module 1 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Event category 834 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 I/O module 1 terminal numbers (Parameter) 227,
Event category 835 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 228, 229
Event category 862 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 I/O module 1 to n information (Parameter) . . . . . . . 106
Event category 912 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 I/O module 1 to n terminal numbers (Parameter) . . . 106
Event category 913 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 I/O module 1 to n type (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Event category 948 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 I/O module 2 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Event list (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 I/O module 3 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Event logbook (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Information (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Extended order code 1 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Input (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 167
Extended order code 2 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Input signal level (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Extended order code 3 (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Input values (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
External compensation (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Installation angle pitch (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
External pressure (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Installation angle roll (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
External reference density (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Installation direction (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
External temperature (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Invert output signal (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 149, 161
IP address (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
F IP address domain name server (Parameter) . . . . . . . 196
Factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
SI units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 K
US units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Kinematic viscosity (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Failure current (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Failure frequency (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 L
Failure mode (Parameter) 110, 126, 134, 141, 148, Last backup (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
155, 160, 166, 209 Linear expansion coefficient (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 96
Failure value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 166 Locking status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Fieldbus writing access (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Logging delay (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Filter options (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 219 Logging interval (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Firmware version (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Login page (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Fixed current (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Low flow cut off (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Fixed reference density (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Low value partial filled pipe detection (Parameter) . . . 86
Flow damping (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
M
Flow override (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
MAC address (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Format display (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Mainboard I/O1 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Frequency output simulation 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . 256
Manufacturer ID (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164, 178

Endress+Hauser 277
Index Proline Promass 300 HART

Mass flow (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Pressure compensation (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Mass flow factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Pressure shock suppression (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 84
Mass flow offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Pressure unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Mass flow unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Pressure value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 91
Mass unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Previous diagnostics (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Master terminal number (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Primary variable (PV) (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Max. switch cycles number (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Process parameters (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Max. update period (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Process variable adjustment (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Maximum damping partial filled pipe det. Process variable value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
(Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Process variables (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Maximum frequency value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 137 Progress (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Maximum value (Parameter) 232, 233, 235, 236, Pulse output (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 161
237, 238, 239, 240, 241 Pulse output 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 135
Measured current 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . 59, 60, 128 Pulse output simulation (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Measured values (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Pulse output simulation 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . 257
Measured values 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Pulse value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Measurement mode (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Pulse value 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Measuring mode (Parameter) . . . . . . 120, 134, 138, 159 Pulse width (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133, 159
Measuring value at maximum frequency (Parameter) Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (Submenu) 61,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 128
Measuring value at minimum frequency (Parameter)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Q
Medium temperature (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Quaternary variable (QV) (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Min. update period (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Min/max values (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 R
Minimum frequency value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 137 Received signal strength (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Minimum value (Parameter) 233, 234, 235, 236, Reference density (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
237, 238, 239, 240, 241 Reference density factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Multi-frequency activation (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Reference density offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Reference density unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
N Reference sound velocity (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Network security (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Reference temperature (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
No. of preambles (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Relay output 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 150
Nominal diameter (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Relay output 1 to n simulation (Parameter) . . . . . . . 258
Relay output function (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
O Reset access code (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Off value low flow cutoff (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Reset access code (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
On value low flow cutoff (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Reset all totalizers (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
OPC-UA configuration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Reset min/max values (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Operating mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Reset write protection (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Operating time (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 44, 214 Response time (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125, 140
Operating time from restart (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 213 Response time part. filled pipe detect. (Parameter) . . . 87
Order code (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Response time status input (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 113
Oscillation amplitude (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Oscillation damping (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 S
Oscillation frequency (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Secondary variable (SV) (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Output (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 180 Security identification (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Output current 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 128 Select antenna (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Output frequency 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 61, 142 Select gas type (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Output values (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Select medium (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Sensor (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
P Sensor adjustment (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Parameter Sensor electronic module (ISEM) (Submenu) . . . . . . 226
Structure of a parameter description . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Separator (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Partially filled pipe detection (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . 86 Serial number (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Petroleum (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Signal asymmetry (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Phase shift (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Signal mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 109, 114, 130, 158
Powerless relay status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Simulation (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Preset value 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Slave terminal number (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

278 Endress+Hauser
Proline Promass 300 HART Index

Slot number (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 OPC-UA configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Software option overview (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Oscillation amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Software revision (Parameter) 180, 225, 226, 227, Oscillation damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
228, 229, 230 Oscillation frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Square expansion coefficient (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 96 Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 180
SSID name (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192, 195 Output values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Partially filled pipe detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Status input 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Petroleum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Status input simulation (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Process parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Submenu Process variable adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Process variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n . . . . . . 61, 128
Burst configuration 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Relay output 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 150
Calculated values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Reset access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Carrier pipe temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Sensor adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Sensor electronic module (ISEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Signal asymmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162, 168 Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Configuration backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Status input 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Corrected volume flow calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Current input 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 108 System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Current output 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Torsion oscillation amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Custody transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Torsion oscillation damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Custody transfer logbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Torsion oscillation frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Torsion signal asymmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Device information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Diagnostic behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Totalizer 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Diagnostic configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 User-specific units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Diagnostic handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Value current output 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Diagnostic list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Value status input 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Web server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Display channel 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 WLAN settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Display channel 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Zero point adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Display channel 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Subnet mask (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Display channel 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Switch cycles (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Display module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Switch output function (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Double pulse output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 156 Switch output simulation 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . 257
Electronic temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Switch status (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 156
Event list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Switch status 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . 62, 149, 258, 259
Event logbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Switch-off delay (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 154
External compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Switch-off value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 153
HART input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Switch-on delay (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 155
HART output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Switch-on value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 154
Heartbeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 System (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
I/O configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 System units (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
I/O module 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
I/O module 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 T
I/O module 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Target corrected volume flow (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 55
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Target group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 167 Target mass flow (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Input values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Target volume flow (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Temp. compensated dynamic viscosity (Parameter) . . 53
Mainboard I/O1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Temp. compensated kinematic viscosity (Parameter) . 53
Measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Temperature (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Measurement mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Temperature coefficient sound velocity (Parameter) . . 90
Medium temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Temperature correction source (Parameter) . . . . . . . . 92
Min/max values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Temperature damping (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Endress+Hauser 279
Index Proline Promass 300 HART

Temperature factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Volume flow unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Temperature offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Volume unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Temperature unit (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Terminal number (Parameter) . 108, 111, 114, 129, 150 W
Tertiary variable (TV) (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Web server (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Timeout (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Web server functionality (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Timestamp (Parameter) . . 212, 213, 215, 216, 217, 218 Web server language (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Torsion oscillation amplitude (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . 237 Wizard
Torsion oscillation damping (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . 239 Define access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Torsion oscillation frequency (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . 236 WLAN (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Torsion signal asymmetry (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . 240 WLAN IP address (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Totalizer (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 WLAN MAC address (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Totalizer 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 WLAN mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Totalizer operation mode (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 208 WLAN passphrase (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Totalizer overflow 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 WLAN password (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Totalizer value 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 WLAN settings (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
WLAN subnet mask (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
U
Unit totalizer 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Z
User corrected volume factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 76 Zero point (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
User corrected volume offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 76 Zero point adjustment (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
User corrected volume text (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Zero point adjustment control (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 98
User density factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
User density offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
User density text (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
User energy factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
User energy offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
User energy text (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
User mass factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
User mass offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
User mass text (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
User name (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
User pressure factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
User pressure offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
User pressure text (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
User specific-enthalpy factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . 78
User specific-enthalpy offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 78
User specific-enthalpy text (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 77
User volume factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
User volume offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
User volume text (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
User-specific units (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

V
Value (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Value 1 display (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Value 2 display (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Value 3 display (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Value 4 display (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Value current input 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Value current output 1 to n (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 255
Value current output 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Value per pulse (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 158
Value status input (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 112
Value status input 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Viscosity (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Volume flow (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Volume flow factor (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Volume flow offset (Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

280 Endress+Hauser
[Link]